richmahn_en_tn/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv

1	Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
2	MAT	front	intro	sa9c			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Matthew<br><br>1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)<br>1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)<br>1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)<br>1. Jesus’ teaching about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)<br>1. Jesus’ teaching about the gospel of the kingdom of God. The beginning of opposition to Jesus. (11:1-12:50)<br>1. Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)<br>1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)<br>1. Jesus’ teaching about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)<br>1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)<br>1. Jesus’ teaching about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)<br>1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)<br><br>### What is the book of Matthew about?<br><br>The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Matthew?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”<br><br>Matthew spoke of the kingdom of heaven in the same way that other gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.<br><br>### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Matthew?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:<br>* “Bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you” (5:44)<br>* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)<br>* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)<br>* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)<br>* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)<br>* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)<br><br>Translators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	MAT	1	intro	y7kk			0		# Matthew 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could become king. Most important people had records of their genealogies.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Use of the passive voice<br><br>Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4	MAT	1	1	ava1			0	General Information:	The author begins with Jesus’ genealogy in order to show that he is a descendant of King David and of Abraham. The genealogy continues through [Matthew 1:17](../01/17.md).
5	MAT	1	1	y31w		βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	The book of the genealogy of Jesus Christ	You could translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the list of the ancestors of Jesus Christ”
6	MAT	1	1	vpg1		Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1	of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham	There were many generations between Jesus, David, and Abraham. Here the word **son** means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, a descendant of David, who was a descendant of Abraham”
7	MAT	1	1	tka3		υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ	1	son of David	Sometimes the phrase **son of David** is used as a title, but here it seems to be used only to identify Jesus’ ancestry.
8	MAT	1	2	ejp6		Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ	1	Abraham became the father of Isaac	“Abraham had a son Isaac” or “Abraham had a son named Isaac.” There are different ways you could translate this. Whichever way you translate it here, it would be best to translate it the same way throughout the list of Jesus’ ancestors.
9	MAT	1	3	g8y6	translate-names	Φαρὲς…Ζάρα…Ἑσρώμ…Ἀράμ	1	of Perez … Zerah … of Hezron… of Ram	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10	MAT	1	5	q5bd		Βόες…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ	2	Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth	“Boaz was the father of Obed, and Obed’s mother was Ruth” or “Boaz and Ruth were the parents of Obed”
11	MAT	1	6	bp35		τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου	1	the wife of Uriah	“the widow of Uriah.” Solomon was born after Uriah died.
12	MAT	1	10	bh7r		τὸν Ἀμώς	1	Amon	Sometimes this is translated “Amos.”
13	MAT	1	11	dk1j		Ἰωσίας…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν	1	Josiah became the father of Jechoniah	A more specific term for **father** can also be used, particularly if the word **father** would only be used for someone who lived before one’s grandparents. Alternate translation: “Josiah was a grandfather of Jechoniah”
14	MAT	1	11	rj7p		ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	at the deportation to Babylon	“when they were forced to move to Babylon” or “when the Babylonians conquered them and made them go live in Babylon.” If your language needs to specify who went to **Babylon**, you could say “the Israelites” or “the Israelites who lived in Judah.”
15	MAT	1	11	v2im		Βαβυλῶνος	1	to Babylon	Here this means the country of **Babylon**, not just the city of Babylon.
16	MAT	1	12	y7cx		μετὰ…τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος	1	after the deportation to Babylon	Use the same wording you used in [Matthew 1:11](../01/11.md).
17	MAT	1	12	tx6g		Σαλαθιὴλ…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ	1	Shealtiel became the father of Zerubbabel	**Shealtiel** was Zerubbabel’s grandfather.
18	MAT	1	15	lqk9			0	Connecting Statement:	The author concludes Jesus’ genealogy, which began in [Matthew 1:1](../01/01.md).
19	MAT	1	16	b3bm	figs-activepassive	Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς	1	of Mary, by whom Jesus was born	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20	MAT	1	16	z2rg	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	who is called Christ	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people call Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21	MAT	1	17	jzq4	translate-numbers	δεκατέσσαρες	1	were 14	“were fourteen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
22	MAT	1	17	z5xw		τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	the deportation to Babylon	Use the same wording you used in [Matthew 1:11](../01/11.md).
23	MAT	1	18	gnl6			0	General Information:	This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus.
24	MAT	1	18	cqt1	figs-explicit	μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ	1	His mother, Mary, having been engaged to marry Joseph	“His mother, Mary, was going to marry Joseph.” Parents normally arranged the marriages of their children. Alternate translation: “The parents of Mary, the mother of Jesus, had promised her in marriage to Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25	MAT	1	18	e4ur	figs-explicit	μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας	1	His mother, Mary, having been engaged	Translate in a way that makes it clear that Jesus was not already born when **Mary** was engaged to Joseph. Alternate translation: “Mary, who would be the mother of Jesus, was engaged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26	MAT	1	18	xvk1	figs-euphemism	πρὶν…συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς	1	before they came together	“before they got married.” This may refer to Mary and Joseph sleeping together. Alternate translation: “before they had slept together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
27	MAT	1	18	in4a	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα	1	was found having in the womb	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they realized that she was going to have a baby” or “it happened that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28	MAT	1	18	a71d		ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	by the Holy Spirit	The power of the **Holy Spirit** had enabled Mary to have a baby before she had slept with a man.
29	MAT	1	19	j8eb	figs-explicit	Ἰωσὴφ…ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς	1	Joseph, her husband	**Joseph** had not married Mary yet, but when a man and woman promised to marry each other, Jews considered them **husband** and wife though they did not live together. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was supposed to marry Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30	MAT	1	19	pu3p		ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν	1	to divorce her	“to cancel their plans to get married”
31	MAT	1	20	iip4		αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος	1	when he had thought	“after Joseph thought”
32	MAT	1	20	fb7e		κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ	1	appeared to him in a dream	“came to Joseph while he was dreaming”
33	MAT	1	20	lc8r		υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	son of David	Here, **son** means “descendant.”
34	MAT	1	20	va5e	figs-activepassive	τὸ…ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου	1	the one who has been conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
35	MAT	1	21	j38f		τέξεται…υἱὸν	1	she will bear a son	Because God sent the angel, the angel knew the baby was a boy.
36	MAT	1	21	glq8		καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	you will call his name	“you must name him” or “you must give him the name.” This is a command.
37	MAT	1	21	bf5z		αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει	1	for he will save	Translator may add a footnote that says “The name ‘Jesus’ means ‘the Lord saves.’”
38	MAT	1	21	em9q		τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ	1	his people	This refers to the Jews.
39	MAT	1	22	p47i	writing-background		0	General Information:	The author quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ birth was according to scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
40	MAT	1	22	p9la		τοῦτο…ὅλον γέγονεν	1	all this happened	The angel is no longer speaking. Matthew is now explaining the importance of what the angel said.
41	MAT	1	22	c1vw	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
42	MAT	1	22	p39k	figs-explicit	τοῦ προφήτου	1	the prophet	There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Isaiah. Alternate translation: “the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
43	MAT	1	23	q19h		ἰδοὺ, ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει καὶ τέξεται υἱόν, καὶ καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ	1	Behold, the virgin will have in her womb and bear a son, and they will call his name Immanuel	Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah.
44	MAT	1	23	dw7z		ἰδοὺ, ἡ παρθένος	1	Behold, the virgin	“Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: the virgin”
45	MAT	1	23	sln1	translate-names	Ἐμμανουήλ	1	Immanuel	This is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
46	MAT	1	23	lm6t		ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός	1	which is translated, “God with us.”	This is not in the book of Isaiah. Matthew is explaining the meaning of the name “Immanuel.” You could translate it as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This name means ‘God with us.’”
47	MAT	1	24	iue3			0	Connecting Statement:	The author concludes his description of the events leading up to the birth of Jesus.
48	MAT	1	24	iz4r		ὡς προσέταξεν…ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου	1	as the angel of the Lord commanded	The **angel** had told Joseph to take Mary as his wife and to name the child Jesus.
49	MAT	1	24	nr5e		παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	he took her as his wife	“he married Mary”
50	MAT	1	25	i7p5	figs-euphemism	οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν	1	he did not know her	This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
51	MAT	1	25	dlm9		υἱόν	1	a son	“a male baby” or “her son.” Make sure it is clear that Joseph is not portrayed as the actual father.
52	MAT	1	25	jtz8		καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦν	1	And he called his name Jesus	“And Joseph named the child Jesus”
53	MAT	2	intro	dz1c			0		# Matthew 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “His star”<br><br>These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Learned men”<br><br>English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include “magi” and “wise men.” These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word “learned men.”
54	MAT	2	1	j9yn			0	General Information:	A new part of the story begins here and continues through the end of the chapter. Matthew tells about Herod’s attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
55	MAT	2	1	k518		Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	Bethlehem of Judea	“the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
56	MAT	2	1	id55		ἐν…ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως	2	in the days of Herod the king	“when Herod was king there”
57	MAT	2	1	kf5g		Ἡρῴδου	1	of Herod	This refers to **Herod** the Great.
58	MAT	2	1	p6gc		μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν	1	learned men from the east	“men from the east who studied the stars”
59	MAT	2	1	ft22		ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν	1	from the east	“from a country far east of Judea”
60	MAT	2	2	v5t4		ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων?	1	Where is the one who has been born King of the Jews?	The men knew from studying the stars that the one who would become king had been born. They were trying to learn where he was. Alternate translation: “A baby who will become the king of the Jews has been born. Where is he?”
61	MAT	2	2	zj7c		αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα	1	his star	They were not saying that the baby was the rightful owner of the **star**. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth”
62	MAT	2	2	a7y9		ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ	1	in the east	“as it came up in the east” or “while we were in our country”
63	MAT	2	2	v248		προσκυνῆσαι	1	to worship	This could mean: (1) They intended to **worship** the baby as divine. (2) They wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
64	MAT	2	3	p5rw		ἐταράχθη	1	became troubled	“he was worried.” Herod was worried that this baby would replace him as king.
65	MAT	2	3	qu3d	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	all Jerusalem	Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people.Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
66	MAT	2	3	mc1r	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	all Jerusalem	Here, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
67	MAT	2	4	ne4v			0	General Information:	In verse 6, the chief priests and scribes of the people quote the prophet Micah to show that the Christ would be born in Bethlehem.
68	MAT	2	5	w68n		ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	In Bethlehem of Judea	“In the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
69	MAT	2	5	z2i4	figs-activepassive	οὕτως…γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου	1	thus it has been written through the prophet	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
70	MAT	2	6	kmw7	figs-apostrophe	σύ Βηθλέεμ	1	you, Bethlehem	Micah was speaking to the people of Bethlehem as if they were with him but they were not. Alternate translation: “you, people of Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
71	MAT	2	6	c2cl	figs-litotes	οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα	1	are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah	The phrase “are by no means the least” can be translated with a positive phrase. Alternate translation: “your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
72	MAT	2	6	tg5d	figs-metaphor	ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	who will shepherd my people Israel	Micah speaks of this ruler as a shepherd. This means he will lead and care for the people. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel as a shepherd leads his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
73	MAT	2	7	b487		Ἡρῴδης λάθρᾳ καλέσας τοὺς μάγους	1	Herod, having secretly called the learned men	This means that Herod talked to the learned men without other people knowing.
74	MAT	2	7	tax3	figs-quotations	ἠκρίβωσεν παρ’ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος	1	inquired from them the time of the appearing of the star	You can translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “men, and he asked them, ‘When exactly did this star appear?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
75	MAT	2	7	vng3	figs-explicit	τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος	1	the time of the appearing of the star	It is implied that the learned men told him when the star appeared. Alternate translation: “what time the star had appeared. The learned men told Herod when the star first appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
76	MAT	2	8	v7y2		τοῦ παιδίου	1	the young child	This refers to Jesus.
77	MAT	2	8	t4u1		ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι	1	report to me	“let me know” or “tell me” or “report back to me”
78	MAT	2	8	jtw7		προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ	1	might worship him	See how you translated this in [Matthew 2:2](../02/02.md).
79	MAT	2	9	h1zx		οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες	1	And they, having heard	“And the learned men, after they heard”
80	MAT	2	9	wl4r		εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ	1	they saw in the east	“they had seen come up in the east” or “they had seen in their country”
81	MAT	2	9	hy1i		προῆγεν αὐτούς	1	was going before them	“guided them” or “led them”
82	MAT	2	9	jp2j		ἐστάθη ἐπάνω	1	it stood over	“it stopped over”
83	MAT	2	9	w3v1		οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον	1	where the young child was	“the place where the young child was staying”
84	MAT	2	11	pv3r			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to the house where Mary, Joseph, and the young Jesus were living.
85	MAT	2	11	tu5s		ἐλθόντες	1	having gone	“after he learned men went”
86	MAT	2	11	d41d	translate-symaction	πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ	1	having fallen down, they worshiped him	“they knelt down and put their faces close to the ground.” They did this to honor Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
87	MAT	2	11	r452	figs-metonymy	τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν	1	their treasures	Here, **treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
88	MAT	2	12	zyq6		χρηματισθέντες	1	having been warned	“when God warned the learned men.” God knew that Herod wanted to harm the child.
89	MAT	2	12	dr1p	figs-quotations	κατ’ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην	1	through a dream not to return to Herod	You can translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “through a dream, saying, ‘Do not go back to King Herod’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
90	MAT	2	13	brp5			0	General Information:	In verse 15, Matthew quotes the prophet Hosea to show that the Christ would spend time in Egypt.
91	MAT	2	13	iw8p		ἀναχωρησάντων…αὐτῶν	1	after they had departed	“when the learned men had departed”
92	MAT	2	13	zwj5		φαίνεται κατ’ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ	1	appears to Joseph in a dream	“came to Joseph while he was dreaming”
93	MAT	2	13	u4a4	figs-you	ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε…φεῦγε…ἴσθι…σοι	1	Get up, take … flee … remain … you	God is speaking to Joseph, so these should all be singular forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
94	MAT	2	13	v88f	figs-explicit	ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι	1	until I tell you	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
95	MAT	2	13	g3t7		εἴπω σοι	1	I tell you	Here, **I** refers to God. The angel is speaking for God.
96	MAT	2	15	ft3a	figs-explicit	ἦν	1	he was	It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. Alternate translation: “they remained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
97	MAT	2	15	d11g		ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρῴδου	1	until the death of Herod	Herod does not die until [Matthew 2:19](../02/19.md). This statement describes the length of their stay in Egypt, and it does not say that Herod died at this time.
98	MAT	2	15	d5wl		ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν Υἱόν μου	1	Out of Egypt I called my son	“I have called my son out of Egypt”
99	MAT	2	15	dr9b		τὸν Υἱόν μου	1	my son	In Hosea this refers to the people of Israel. Matthew quoted it to say that this was true of God’s Son, Jesus. Translate it using a word for son that could refer to the only **son** or the first son.
100	MAT	2	16	s2la	figs-events		0	General Information:	These events happen before Herod’s death, which Matthew mentioned in [Matthew 2:15](../02/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
101	MAT	2	16	yq7p			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts back to Herod and tells what he did when he learned that the learned men had deceived him.
102	MAT	2	16	g513	figs-activepassive	ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων	1	he had been mocked by the learned men	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
103	MAT	2	16	d8d5	figs-explicit	ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας	1	having sent forth, he killed all the male children	Herod did not kill the children himself. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “he sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
104	MAT	2	16	nkr1	translate-numbers	διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω	1	two years and under	“2 years old and younger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
105	MAT	2	16	dr3r		κατὰ τὸν χρόνον	1	according to the time	“based on the time”
106	MAT	2	17	q1y9			0	General Information:	Matthew quotes the prophet Jeremiah to show that the death of all of the male children in the region of Bethlehem was according to scripture.
107	MAT	2	17	l8g5	figs-activepassive	τότε ἐπληρώθη	1	Then was fulfilled	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled” or “Herod’s actions fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
108	MAT	2	17	v6a1	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου	1	what had been spoken through Jeremiah the prophet	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophet Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
109	MAT	2	18	p9gk		φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη…οὐκ εἰσίν	1	A voice was heard … they are no more	Matthew is quoting the prophet Jeremiah.
110	MAT	2	18	k91t	figs-activepassive	φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη	1	A voice was heard	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “There was a loud sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
111	MAT	2	18	zm17		Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς	1	Rachel weeping for her children	**Rachel** lived many years before this time. This prophecy shows Rachel, who has died, weeping for her descendants.
112	MAT	2	18	rgg1	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι	1	not willing to be comforted	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
113	MAT	2	18	p9ri	figs-euphemism	ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν	1	because they are no more	“because the children were gone and would never return.” Here, **are no more** is a mild way of saying they are dead. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
114	MAT	2	19	kt2i			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to Egypt, where Joseph, Mary, and the young Jesus are living.
115	MAT	2	19	r4yu		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
116	MAT	2	20	hz2m	figs-euphemism	οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου	1	those who seek the life of the child	Here, **seek the life of the child** is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
117	MAT	2	20	y6r6		οἱ ζητοῦντες	1	those who seek	This refers to King Herod and his advisors.
118	MAT	2	22	kg7u			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 2:1](../02/01.md) about Herod’s attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
119	MAT	2	22	uq8p		ἀκούσας δὲ	1	But having heard	“But when Joseph heard”
120	MAT	2	22	h4cq	translate-names	Ἀρχέλαος	1	Archelaus	This is the name of Herod’s son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
121	MAT	2	22	zk37		ἐφοβήθη	1	he was afraid	“Joseph was afraid”
122	MAT	2	23	dx5i	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	what had been spoken through the prophets	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
123	MAT	2	23	hc8g	translate-names	Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται	1	he will be called a Nazarene	Here, **he** refers to Jesus. The prophets before the time of Jesus would have referred to him as the Messiah or the Christ. Alternate translation: “people would say that the Christ is a Nazarene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
124	MAT	3	intro	a6h3			0		# Matthew 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”<br><br>Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven is near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
125	MAT	3	1	xp3z			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. In verse 3, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that John the Baptist was God’s appointed messenger to prepare for Jesus’ ministry.
126	MAT	3	1	d74m		ἐν…ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	in those days	This is many years after Joseph and his family left Egypt and went to Nazareth. This is probably near the time that Jesus begins his ministry. Alternate translation: “some time later” or “some years later”
127	MAT	3	2	w7e9	figs-you	μετανοεῖτε	1	Repent	This is plural in form. John is speaking to the crowds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
128	MAT	3	2	hvx8	figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens is near	The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
129	MAT	3	3	fl4v	figs-activepassive	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For Isaiah the prophet was speaking of John the Baptist when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
130	MAT	3	3	hxb6		φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	The voice of one calling out in the wilderness	This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: “The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness”
131	MAT	3	3	yhe7	figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord … make his paths straight	These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
132	MAT	3	3	y8b5	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	“Get the road ready for the Lord.” Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
133	MAT	3	3	j99i	figs-explicit	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	People prepare for the Lord by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
134	MAT	3	4	j647	writing-background	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον	1	Now this John had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist, and his food was locusts and wild honey	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
135	MAT	3	4	x7f3	translate-symaction	εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ	1	had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist	This **clothing** symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
136	MAT	3	4	su9d	figs-explicit	εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ	1	had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist	John was especially like the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
137	MAT	3	5	j8ke	figs-metonymy	Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος	1	Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around	The words **Jerusalem**, **Judea**, and **the region** are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: “very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
138	MAT	3	5	zys1	figs-hyperbole	Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος	1	Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around	The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: “very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
139	MAT	3	6	v5xn	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	being baptized by him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as John baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
140	MAT	3	6	gi4r		ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	being baptized	This refers to the people coming from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region around the Jordan River.
141	MAT	3	7	b2br			0	General Information:	John the Baptist begins to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.
142	MAT	3	7	fjl3	figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τίς	1	You offspring of vipers, who	This is a metaphor. Here, **offspring** means “having the characteristic of” and **vipers** are a kind of dangerous snakes and represent evil. You can state this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes! Who” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes! Who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
143	MAT	3	7	c4cl	figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	who warned you to flee from the coming wrath?	John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. Alternate translation: “you cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “do not think that you can escape God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
144	MAT	3	7	h7ac	figs-metonymy	φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	to flee from the coming wrath	The word **wrath** is being used to refer to God’s punishment because his wrath precedes it. Alternate translation: “run away from the punishment that is coming” or “escape because God is about to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
145	MAT	3	8	s8ac	figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας	1	Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance	The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
146	MAT	3	9	q7b1	figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We have Abraham for our father	“Abraham is our ancestor” or “We are descendants of Abraham.” The Jewish leaders thought that God would not punish them since they were descendants of **Abraham**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
147	MAT	3	9	r29p		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This adds emphasis to what John is about to say.
148	MAT	3	9	k843		ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones	“God is able to make physical descendants even out of these stones and give them to Abraham”
149	MAT	3	10	ls7m			0	Connecting Statement:	John the Baptist continues to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.
150	MAT	3	10	ke4s	figs-metaphor	ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire	This metaphor means God is ready to punish sinners. Alternate translation: “As a person gets his axe ready to cut down and burn a tree that grows bad fruit, God is ready to punish you for your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
151	MAT	3	10	d4j5	figs-activepassive	ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire.	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has his axe and he is ready to cut down and burn any tree that grows bad fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
152	MAT	3	11	lx69		εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	for repentance	“to show that you have repented”
153	MAT	3	11	mc2r		ὁ δὲ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	But he who comes after me	Jesus is the person who comes after John.
154	MAT	3	11	c1xf		ἰσχυρότερός μού ἐστιν	1	is mightier than I	“is more important than I am”
155	MAT	3	11	gtm7	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί	1	He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire	This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with **fire**. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by **Holy Spirit** and **fire** will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the word **baptize** in your translation to keep the comparison to John’s baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
156	MAT	3	12	gcq8	figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor	This metaphor compares the way Christ will separate the righteous people from the unrighteous people to the way a man separates wheat grain from chaff. Alternate translation: “and Christ is like a man whose winnowing fork is in his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157	MAT	3	12	sq4p	figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand	Here, **in his hand** means the person is ready to act. Alternate translation: “and Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
158	MAT	3	12	b5m4	translate-unknown	τὸ πτύον	1	winnowing fork	This is a tool for tossing wheat up into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down and the unwanted chaff is blown away by the wind. It is similar in shape to a pitchfork but with wide tines made of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
159	MAT	3	12	yw29		διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor	Christ is like a man with a winnowing fork who is ready to clear off his threshing floor.
160	MAT	3	12	r2ua		τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	his threshing floor	“his ground” or “the ground where he separates the grain from the chaff”
161	MAT	3	12	av8l	figs-metaphor	συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην…τὸ…ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	gather his wheat into the storehouse … he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire	This is a metaphor showing how God will separate righteous people from evil people. The righteous will go to heaven like **wheat** into a farmer’s **storehouse**, and God will **burn up** the people who are like **chaff** with a **fire** that will never be put out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
162	MAT	3	12	bdb7	figs-activepassive	πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	unquenchable fire	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “fire that will never burn out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
163	MAT	3	13	vl93			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a later time when John the Baptist baptizes Jesus.
164	MAT	3	13	zbj9	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be baptized by him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
165	MAT	3	14	cl7t	figs-rquestion	ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με?	1	I need to be baptized by you, and yet you come to me?	John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
166	MAT	3	15	h6ca	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	for us	Here, **us** refers to Jesus and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
167	MAT	3	16	n8bk			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about John the Baptist. It describes what happened after he baptized Jesus.
168	MAT	3	16	inf6	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθεὶς δὲ	1	But having been baptized	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But after John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
169	MAT	3	16	sf5w		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
170	MAT	3	16	jh1v	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί	1	the heavens were opened to him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus saw the sky open” or “God opened the heavens to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
171	MAT	3	16	e3na	figs-simile	καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν	1	coming down like a dove	This could mean: (1) Matthew is simply saying that the Spirit was in the form of a **dove**. (2) This is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a **dove** would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
172	MAT	3	17	m2wk	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα	1	a voice from the heavens saying	“Jesus heard a voice from heaven saying.” Here, **voice** refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
173	MAT	3	17	myz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
174	MAT	4	intro	hgw2			0		# Matthew 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the kingdom of heaven has come near”<br><br>No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.”<br><br>### “If you are the Son of God”<br><br>The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son ([Matthew 3:17](../../mat/03/17.md)), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
175	MAT	4	1	k51m			0	General Information:	Here Matthew begins a new part of the story in which Jesus spends 40 days in the wilderness, where Satan tempts him. In verse 4, Jesus rebukes Satan with a quotation from Deuteronomy.
176	MAT	4	1	aq3s	figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη…ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	Jesus was led up by the Spirit	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
177	MAT	4	1	wy4b	figs-activepassive	πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	to be tempted by the devil	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
178	MAT	4	2	iw2i		νηστεύσας…ἐπείνασεν	1	having fasted … he was hungry	These refer to Jesus.
179	MAT	4	2	cft7	translate-numbers	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1	40 days and 40 nights	“forty days and forty nights.” This refers to 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
180	MAT	4	3	vl86		ὁ πειράζων	1	the tempter	These words refer to the same being as “the devil” (verse 1). You may have to use the same word to translate both.
181	MAT	4	3	l1lk		εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ	1	If you are the Son of God, speak	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) This is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” (2) This is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by speaking”
182	MAT	4	3	c1ac	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
183	MAT	4	3	m1va	figs-quotations	εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται	1	speak so that these stones might become bread	You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “say to these stones, ‘Become bread.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
184	MAT	4	3	t3xm	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτοι	1	bread	Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
185	MAT	4	4	fd67	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
186	MAT	4	4	rld7		οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Man will not live by bread alone	This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
187	MAT	4	4	jl6f	figs-metonymy	ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ	1	but by every word that comes through the mouth of God	Here, **word** and **mouth** refer to what God says. Alternate translation: “but by listening to everything that God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
188	MAT	4	5	r4a5			0	General Information:	In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.
189	MAT	4	6	fa8l		εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) This is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” (2) This is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
190	MAT	4	6	x2vg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
191	MAT	4	6	c5kr		βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	throw yourself down	“let yourself fall to the ground” or “jump down”
192	MAT	4	6	a5h2	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	for it is written	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the writer wrote in the scriptures” or “for it says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
193	MAT	4	6	ebc9	figs-quotations	τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ	1	‘He will command his angels to take care of you,’ and	“God will command his angels to take care of you, and” You can translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “God will say to his angels, ‘Take care of him,’ and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
194	MAT	4	6	f1mm		ἀροῦσίν σε	1	They will lift you up	“The angels will hold you”
195	MAT	4	7	j6cb			0	General Information:	In verse 7, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
196	MAT	4	7	u5jp	figs-ellipsis	πάλιν γέγραπται	1	Again it is written	It is understood that Jesus is quoting scripture again. Alternate translation: “Again, it is written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
197	MAT	4	7	fn07	figs-activepassive	πάλιν γέγραπται	1	Again it is written	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
198	MAT	4	7	c7t5		οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις	1	You will not test	Here, **You** refers to anyone. Alternate translation: “One must not test” or “No person should test”
199	MAT	4	8	d12q		πάλιν…ὁ διάβολος	1	Again, the devil	“Next, the devil”
200	MAT	4	9	bq1u		εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	he said to him	“the devil said to Jesus”
201	MAT	4	9	al72		ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω	1	All these things I will give you	“I will give you all these things.” The tempter is emphasizing here that he will give **All these things**, not just some of them.
202	MAT	4	9	eas8	translate-symaction	πεσὼν	1	having fallen down	“putting your face near the ground.” This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
203	MAT	4	10	s91r			0	General Information:	In verse 10, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
204	MAT	4	10	h8fd			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about how Satan tempted Jesus.
205	MAT	4	10	k49q	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	For it is written	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
206	MAT	4	10	rig8	figs-you	προσκυνήσεις…λατρεύσεις	1	You will worship … you will serve	Both instances of “you” are singular, a command to everyone who hears it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
207	MAT	4	11	s49z		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the important new information that follows.
208	MAT	4	12	v7p4	writing-background		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
209	MAT	4	12	wib2		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
210	MAT	4	12	d1vi	figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη	1	John had been arrested	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
211	MAT	4	13	hpm4	figs-explicit	ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ	1	in the territories of Zebulun and Naphtali	**Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
212	MAT	4	14	n85z			0	General Information:	In verses 15 and 16, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry in Galilee was a fulfillment of prophecy.
213	MAT	4	14	tj7c	figs-activepassive	τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	what was spoken	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
214	MAT	4	15	egx6		γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ…Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali … Galilee of the Gentiles!	These territories describe the same area.
215	MAT	4	15	bmz6		ὁδὸν θαλάσσης	1	toward the sea	Here, **sea** is the Sea of Galilee.
216	MAT	4	16	e278		ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος	1	The people who are sitting	These words can be combined with the sentence beginning with “The land of Zebulun” (verse 15). Alternate translation: “In the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali … where many Gentiles live, the people who are sitting”
217	MAT	4	16	h2xr	figs-metaphor	ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα	1	The people who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light	Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for not knowing the truth about God. And **light** is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
218	MAT	4	16	nn1r	figs-parallelism	τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς	1	to those who are sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen	This basically has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
219	MAT	4	16	x2qj	figs-metaphor	τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς	1	o those who are sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen	Here, **those who sat in the region and shadow of death** is a metaphor. It represents those who did not know God. These people were in danger of dying and being separated from God forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
220	MAT	4	17	dku3	figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens has come near	The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, include a word that means “heavens” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “our God in the heavens will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
221	MAT	4	18	yrx7			0	General Information:	This begins a new scene within the part of the story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples.
222	MAT	4	18	yfh5	figs-explicit	βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	casting a net into the sea	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
223	MAT	4	19	y3zg		δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου	1	Come after me	Jesus invites Simon and Andrew to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples”
224	MAT	4	19	n9h3	figs-metaphor	ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων	1	I will make you fishers of men	This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
225	MAT	4	21	pcg6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus calls more men to be his disciples.
226	MAT	4	21	utn4		ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	he called them	“Jesus called John and James.” This phrase also means that Jesus invited them to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples.
227	MAT	4	22	dlk3		οἱ…εὐθέως ἀφέντες	1	immediately having left	“at that moment they left”
228	MAT	4	22	gr2i		ἀφέντες τὸ πλοῖον…ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ	1	having left the boat … followed him	It should be clear that this is a life change. These men are no longer going to be fishermen and are leaving the family business to follow Jesus for the rest of their lives.
229	MAT	4	23	y3qe	writing-endofstory		0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses summarize what he did and how the people responded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
230	MAT	4	23	ztr8		διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν	1	teaching in their synagogues	“teaching in the synagogues of the Galileans” or “teaching in the synagogues of those people”
231	MAT	4	23	jt3m	figs-metonymy	κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	preaching the gospel of the kingdom	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
232	MAT	4	23	nr8m		πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	every disease and every sickness	The words **disease** and **sickness** are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. A **disease** is what causes a person to be sick.
233	MAT	4	23	uc55		μαλακίαν	1	sickness	This is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
234	MAT	4	24	i296	figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους	1	being possessed by demons	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
235	MAT	4	24	p3nf	figs-genericnoun	σεληνιαζομένους	1	the epileptic	This refers to anyone there who had epilepsy, not to a particular **epileptic**. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes have seizures” or “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
236	MAT	4	24	qk4c	figs-genericnoun	καὶ παραλυτικούς	1	and the paralytic	This refers to anyone there who was paralyzed, not to a particular **paralytic**. Alternate translation: “and any who are paralyzed” or “and those who can not walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
237	MAT	4	25	i9m7	translate-names	Δεκαπόλεως	1	the Decapolis	This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
238	MAT	5	intro	awz8			0		# Matthew 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.<br><br>Matthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching.<br><br>Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “His disciples”<br><br>It is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected twelve of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples.” They would later become known as the apostles.
239	MAT	5	1	hz26			0	General Information:	In verse 3, Jesus begins to describe the characteristics of people who are blessed.
240	MAT	5	1	c5rq			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Jesus begins to teach his disciples. This part continues through the end of chapter 7 and is frequently called the Sermon on the Mount.
241	MAT	5	2	q9mm	figs-idiom	ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	having opened his mouth	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
242	MAT	5	2	ji1p		ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς	1	he taught them	The word **them** refers to his disciples.
243	MAT	5	3	j7ct	figs-idiom	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1	the poor in spirit	This means someone who is humble. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
244	MAT	5	3	wpi6	figs-metonymy	ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “for God in the heavens will be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
245	MAT	5	4	pgy8		οἱ πενθοῦντες	1	those who mourn	This could mean: (1) They are sad for the sinfulness of the world. (2) They are sad for their own sins. (3) They are sad for the death of someone. Do not specify the reason for mourning unless your language requires it.
246	MAT	5	4	lie5	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται	1	they will be comforted	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
247	MAT	5	5	mvb1		οἱ πραεῖς	1	the meek	“the gentle” or “those who do not rely on their own power”
248	MAT	5	5	iy1y		αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν	1	they will inherit the earth	“God will give them the entire earth”
249	MAT	5	6	bi1j	figs-metaphor	οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1	those who hunger and thirst for righteousness	This metaphor describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
250	MAT	5	6	hlq2	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται	1	they will be filled	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
251	MAT	5	8	s9gd	figs-metonymy	οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	the pure in heart	“people whose hearts are pure.” Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or intentions. Alternate translation: “those who only want to serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
252	MAT	5	8	t6ni		αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται	1	they will see God	Here, **see** means they will be able to live in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “God will allow them to live with him”
253	MAT	5	9	p1ez		οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί	1	the peacemakers	These are the people who help others to have peace with one another.
254	MAT	5	9	tv19	figs-activepassive	ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται	1	for they will be called sons of God	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” or “they will be children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
255	MAT	5	9	vcr2		υἱοὶ Θεοῦ	1	sons of God	It is best to translate **sons** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child.
256	MAT	5	10	bqu7	figs-activepassive	οἱ δεδιωγμένοι	1	those who have been persecuted	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
257	MAT	5	10	xnb6		ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης	1	for the sake of righteousness	“because they do what God wants them to do”
258	MAT	5	10	f3li	figs-metonymy	αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	theirs is the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “for God in heaven will be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
259	MAT	5	11	jvm4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes describing the characteristics of people who are blessed.
260	MAT	5	11	t5kb	figs-you	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	Blessed are you	The word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
261	MAT	5	11	rk69		εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψευδόμενοι	1	may say every evil thing against you falsely	“may say all kinds of evil lies about you” or “may say bad things about you that are not true”
262	MAT	5	11	eez3		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	“because you follow me” or “because you believe in me”
263	MAT	5	12	ssk9	figs-doublet	χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	Rejoice and be very glad	Here, **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean almost the same thing. Jesus wanted his hearers not merely to rejoice but to do even more than rejoice if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
264	MAT	5	13	qp6l			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about how his disciples are like salt and light.
265	MAT	5	13	i3zp	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς	1	You are the salt of the earth	This could mean: (1) Just as **salt** makes food good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) Just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
266	MAT	5	13	jv56	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	if the salt may have lost its taste	This could mean: (1) The salt has lost its power to do things that salt does. (2) The salt has lost its flavor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
267	MAT	5	13	wp9g	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?	1	with what can it be made salty again?	“how can it be made useful again?” You can state this as a fact. Alternate translation: “there is no way for it to become useful again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
268	MAT	5	13	yoif	figs-metaphor	ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?	1	with what might it be made salty again?	Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. Alternate translation: “a person who stops following Jesus cannot be made useful again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
269	MAT	5	13	e7cz	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	except to be thrown out to be trampled by men	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
270	MAT	5	14	wgh5	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου	1	You are the light of the world	This means Jesus’ followers bring the message of God’s truth to all the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
271	MAT	5	14	bn28	figs-explicit	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	A city being set on a hill is not able to be hidden	At night when it is dark, people can see the city lights shining. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
272	MAT	5	14	ny4h	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη	1	A city being set on top of a hill is not able to be hidden	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “During the night, no one can hide the lights that shine from a city on a hill” or “Everyone sees the lights of a city on a hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
273	MAT	5	15	s5sb		οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον	1	Neither do they light a lamp	“People do not light a lamp”
274	MAT	5	15	c8el		τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον	1	put it under a basket	“place the lamp under a basket.” This is saying it is foolish to create light only to hide it so people do not see the light of the lamp.
275	MAT	5	16	qhp8	figs-metaphor	λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Let your light shine before men	This means a disciple of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
276	MAT	5	16	iiu8		τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	your Father who is in the heavens	It is best to translate **Father** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human father.
277	MAT	5	17	p63n			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law.
278	MAT	5	17	gg3k	figs-metonymy	τοὺς προφήτας	1	the prophets	This refers to what the **prophets** wrote in the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
279	MAT	5	18	lky5		ἀμὴν,…λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
280	MAT	5	18	cv3m	figs-merism	ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ	1	until the heaven and the earth may pass away	Here, **heaven** and **earth** refer to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “as long as the universe lasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
281	MAT	5	18	ylz6	figs-explicit	ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα	1	one jot or one tittle	The **jot** was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the **tittle** was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. Alternate translation: “the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
282	MAT	5	18	m5pf	figs-activepassive	πάντα γένηται	1	all things might be accomplished	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “all things have happened” or “God causes all things to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
283	MAT	5	18	n77j	figs-explicit	πάντα	1	all things	The phrase **all things** refers to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “everything in the law” or “all that is written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
284	MAT	5	19	uxz2		ὃς ἐὰν…λύσῃ	1	whoever may break	“whoever disobeys” or “whoever ignores”
285	MAT	5	19	k9th		μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων	1	one of the least of these commandments	“any of these commandments, even the least important one”
286	MAT	5	19	dv5c	figs-activepassive	διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους…κληθήσεται	1	may teach men to do so will be called	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
287	MAT	5	19	bg2v	figs-metonymy	ἐλάχιστος…ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	least in the kingdom of the heavens	The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in Matthew. If possible use “heavens” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important in his heavenly kingdom” or “the least important under the rule of our God in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
288	MAT	5	19	u5kp		ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ	1	might do and might teach them	“obeys all these commandments and teaches others to do the same”
289	MAT	5	19	nk9n		μέγας	1	great	most important
290	MAT	5	20	jwm9		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
291	MAT	5	20	vsc5	figs-you	ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν	1	to you … your	These are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
292	MAT	5	20	l3lv	figs-doublenegatives	ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	that unless your righteousness may abound … you may certainly not enter	You can state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed … Pharisees in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
293	MAT	5	21	x5vy	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not kill,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
294	MAT	5	21	us5a			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about murder and anger.
295	MAT	5	21	t6k5	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	it was said to the ancients	This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
296	MAT	5	21	mij2	figs-explicit	ὃς…ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει	1	Whoever may kill will be held for the judgment	Here, **the judgment** implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
297	MAT	5	21	y44x		οὐ φονεύσεις…φονεύσῃ	1	Do not kill … may kill	Both instances of the word **kill** refer to murder, not to all forms of killing.
298	MAT	5	21	r2k4	figs-explicit	ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει	1	will be held for the judgment	It seems here Jesus is not referring to a human judge but rather to God condemning the person who is angry with his brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
299	MAT	5	22	e9gg		ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	But I say	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The **I** is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
300	MAT	5	22	d5nl		τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	with his brother	This refers to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
301	MAT	5	22	w721		ῥακά…μωρέ	1	Fool … You fool	These are insults for people who cannot think correctly. A **fool** is one who disobeys God.
302	MAT	5	22	s89d		Συνεδρίῳ	1	council	This was likely a local council, not the main Sanhedrin in Jerusalem.
303	MAT	5	23	msz4	figs-you	προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ	1	you may be offering your gift at the altar and there may remember that your brother has something against you	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
304	MAT	5	23	r49y		προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου	1	you may be offering your gift	“you may be giving your gift” or “you may be bringing your gift”
305	MAT	5	23	chv4	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον	1	at the altar	It is implied that this is God’s **altar** at the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
306	MAT	5	23	dz75		κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς	1	and there may remember	“and while you are standing at the altar you happen to remember”
307	MAT	5	23	xvf5		ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ	1	your brother has something against you	“another person is angry with you because of something you did”
308	MAT	5	24	z9m5	figs-activepassive	πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	first, be reconciled with your brother	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “first, make peace with that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
309	MAT	5	25	x4ta	figs-you	ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχὺ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ	1	Be in agreement with your accuser quickly while you are with him on the way, lest your accuser may hand you over to the judge, and the judge to the officer, and you will be thrown into prison	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
310	MAT	5	25	sr9d		τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου	1	with your accuser	This is a person who blames someone for doing something wrong. He takes the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge.
311	MAT	5	25	x1tk	figs-idiom	σε παραδῷ…τῷ κριτῇ	1	may hand you over to the judge	Here, **hand you over** means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “will let the judge deal with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
312	MAT	5	25	pq6d	figs-ellipsis	ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	the judge to the officer	Here “hand you over” is implied. Alternate translation: “the judge will give you over to the officer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
313	MAT	5	25	gcm5		τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	to the officer	a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge
314	MAT	5	25	pzh4	figs-activepassive	εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ	1	you will be thrown into prison	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the officer will put you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
315	MAT	5	26	gec9		ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
316	MAT	5	26	eem5		ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	“from prison”
317	MAT	5	27	c8dn	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not commit adultery,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
318	MAT	5	27	mj3g			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about adultery and lust.
319	MAT	5	27	jxg5	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	that it was said	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
320	MAT	5	27	yn7m		οὐ μοιχεύσεις	1	Do not commit adultery	The word **commit** means to act out or do something.
321	MAT	5	28	qfl6		ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	But I say	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The **I** is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
322	MAT	5	28	glg9	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν, ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart	This metaphor indicates that a man who lusts after a **woman** is as guilty of **adultery** as a man who actually commits the act of adultery. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
323	MAT	5	28	k7sc		πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν	1	to lust after her	“and lusts after her” or “and desires to sleep with her”
324	MAT	5	28	eqs8	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “in his mind” or “in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
325	MAT	5	29	et3n	figs-you	εἰ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν	1	But if your right eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you. For it is better for you that one of your members should perish, and your whole body should not be thrown into hell	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
326	MAT	5	29	ikp5	figs-metonymy	εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	if your right eye causes you to stumble	Here, **eye** refers to what a person sees. Alternate translation: “if what you see causes you to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
327	MAT	5	29	y0f2	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε	1	if your right eye causes you to stumble	Here, **stumble** is a metaphor for “sin.” Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
328	MAT	5	29	mb58	figs-idiom	ὁ ὀφθαλμός…ὁ δεξιὸς	1	right eye	This means the most important **eye**, as opposed to the left eye. You may need to translate **right** as “better” or “stronger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
329	MAT	5	29	v6jr	figs-hyperbole	ἔξελε αὐτὸν	1	pluck it out	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. It means “forcefully remove it” or “destroy it.” If the right eye is not specifically mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy your eyes.” If eyes have been mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
330	MAT	5	29	zg1v		βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	throw it away from you	“get rid of it”
331	MAT	5	29	im6u		ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου	1	one of your members should perish	“you should lose one part of your body”
332	MAT	5	29	v1cn	figs-activepassive	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν	1	and your whole body should not be thrown into hell	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
333	MAT	5	30	zx8x	figs-metonymy	εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε	1	if your right hand causes you to stumble	In this metonymy, the **hand** stands for the actions of the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
334	MAT	5	30	hk9z	figs-idiom	ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ	1	your right hand	This means the most important **hand**, as opposed to the left hand. You may need to translate **right** as “better” or “stronger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
335	MAT	5	30	qs74	figs-hyperbole	ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν	1	cut it off	This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
336	MAT	5	31	fdr8			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about divorce.
337	MAT	5	31	dh23	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη	1	it has been said	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
338	MAT	5	31	quq9	figs-euphemism	ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	sends his wife away	This is a euphemism for divorce. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
339	MAT	5	31	tp9l		δότω	1	let him give	“he must give”
340	MAT	5	32	q6aq		ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	But I say	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The **I** is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
341	MAT	5	32	j2aq		ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι	1	makes her to commit adultery	It is the man who divorces the woman improperly who “makes her to commit adultery.” In many cultures it would be normal for her to remarry, but if the divorce is improper, such a remarriage is adultery.
342	MAT	5	32	zai7	figs-activepassive	ἀπολελυμένην	1	she who has been divorced	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” or “the divorced woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
343	MAT	5	33	i5ak	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” and “your” are singular in “Do not swear” and “carry out your oaths,” but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
344	MAT	5	33	dg2a			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about swearing oaths.
345	MAT	5	33	vv1e		πάλιν ἠκούσατε	1	Again, you have heard	“Also, you have heard” or “Here is another example. You have heard”
346	MAT	5	33	fk86	figs-activepassive	ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις	1	it was said to the ancients	This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
347	MAT	5	33	tk9y		οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου	1	Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord.	“Do not swear that you will do something and then not do it. Instead do whatever you have sworn to the Lord that you will do”
348	MAT	5	34	mpk1		ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	But I tell	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The **I** is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
349	MAT	5	34	u7su	figs-metaphor	θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	it is the throne of God	Because God reigns from heaven, Jesus speaks of heaven as if it were a **throne**. Alternate translation: “it is from here that God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
350	MAT	5	35	c8lx			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes his words from verse 34, telling the people not to swear.
351	MAT	5	35	v2hf		μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ…πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως	1	nor by the earth … it is the city of the great King	Here Jesus means that when people make a promise or when they say that something is true, they must not swear by anything. Some people were teaching that if a person swears by God that he will do something, then he must do it, but if he swears by something else, such as by heaven or **earth**, then it is less offensive if he does not do what he swore to do. Jesus says that swearing by heaven or earth or Jerusalem is just as serious as swearing by God because those things all belong to God.
352	MAT	5	35	e7z8	figs-metaphor	ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1	it is the footstool for his feet	This metaphor means the earth also belongs to God. Alternate translation: “it is like a footstool where a king rests his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
353	MAT	5	35	e6zn		ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως	1	for it is the city of the great King	“for it is the city that belongs to God, the great King”
354	MAT	5	36	kr2d			0	General Information:	Previously Jesus told his hearers that God’s throne, footstool, and earthly home are not theirs to swear by. Here he says that they may not swear even by their own heads.
355	MAT	5	36	l9c8	figs-you	μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν	1	Neither may you swear by your head, for you are not able to make one hair white or black	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of the words **you** and **your** are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
356	MAT	5	36	z5vu		ὀμόσῃς	1	may you swear	This refers to taking an oath. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:34](../05/34.md).
357	MAT	5	37	tke6		ἔστω…ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν, ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ	1	let your word be ‘Yes, yes,’ or ‘No, no.’	“if you mean ‘yes,’ say ‘yes,’ and if you mean ‘no,’ say ‘no.’”
358	MAT	5	38	quy6	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” in “whoever strikes you” and the understood “you” in “turn to him” are both singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
359	MAT	5	38	s39u			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about retaliating against an enemy.
360	MAT	5	38	zar1	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	that it was said	You can state this in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:27](../05/27.md). Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
361	MAT	5	38	w53l		ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος	1	An eye in exchange for an eye, and a tooth in exchange for a tooth	The law of Moses allowed a person to harm a person in the same way he had harmed him, but he could not harm him worse.
362	MAT	5	39	x2y9		ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	But I tell	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The **I** is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
363	MAT	5	39	qrx1		τῷ πονηρῷ	1	the evil person	“an evil person” or “someone who harms you”
364	MAT	5	39	ec5y		ῥαπίζει…τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα	1	strikes … your right cheek	To strike the side of a man’s face was an insult in Jesus’ culture. As with the eye and the hand, the **right cheek** is the more important one, and striking that cheek was a terrible insult.
365	MAT	5	39	d5xg		ῥαπίζει	1	strikes	hits with the back of an open hand
366	MAT	5	39	wz54		στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην	1	turn to him the other also	“let him hit your other cheek also”
367	MAT	5	40	gr2x	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, including the understood “you” in the commands “let,” “go,” “give,” and “do not turn away.” In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
368	MAT	5	40	t9f4		τὸν χιτῶνά…ἱμάτιον	1	coat … cloak	The **coat** was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The **cloak**, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the **coat** for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night.
369	MAT	5	40	p5m2		ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον	1	let him also have your cloak	“give also to that person your cloak”
370	MAT	5	41	i867	figs-explicit	ὅστις	1	whoever	“anyone who.” The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
371	MAT	5	41	i86s		μίλιον ἕν	1	one mile	This is one thousand paces, which is the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If **mile** is confusing, it can be translated as “one kilometer” or “a distance.”
372	MAT	5	41	n8r4		μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	with him	This refers to the one who compels you to go.
373	MAT	5	41	zv6i		ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο	1	go with him two	“go the mile he forces you to go, and then go another mile.” If “mile” is confusing, you can translate it as “two kilometers” or “twice as far.”
374	MAT	5	42	pe6x		μὴ ἀποστραφῇς	1	do not turn away from	“do not refuse to lend to.” You can state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “lend to”
375	MAT	5	43	cyz3	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” and “your” are singular in “You must love your neighbor and hate your enemy,” but in some languages they may need to be plural. All occurrences of “you” and “your” after that are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
376	MAT	5	43	xf8l			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about loving enemies.
377	MAT	5	43	fp6x	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐρρέθη	1	that it was said	You can state this in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:27](../05/27.md). Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
378	MAT	5	43	tqj3	figs-genericnoun	τὸν πλησίον σου	1	your neighbor	Here the word **neighbor** does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
379	MAT	5	44	f9lp		ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω	1	But I say	Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The **I** is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
380	MAT	5	45	my3d		γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	you may be sons of your Father	It is best to translate **sons** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children.
381	MAT	5	45	jzu9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	of your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
382	MAT	5	46	g5t7	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
383	MAT	5	46	sf7k			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes teaching about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. This section began in [Matthew 5:17](../05/17.md).
384	MAT	5	46	se4k	figs-rquestion	τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε?	1	what reward do you have?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that loving those who love them is not something special that God will reward them for. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternative translation: “you will get no reward.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
385	MAT	5	46	cb77	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?	1	Do not even the tax collectors do the same thing?	This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternative translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
386	MAT	5	47	ba6e	figs-rquestion	τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε?	1	what do you do more?	This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you do nothing more than others.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
387	MAT	5	47	ben5		ἀσπάσησθε	1	you might greet	This is a general term for showing a desire for the well-being of the hearer.
388	MAT	5	47	elw9	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?	1	Do not even the Gentiles do the same thing?	This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even the Gentiles do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
389	MAT	5	48	l6pa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
390	MAT	6	intro	jrj2			0		# Matthew 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Matthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.”<br><br>You may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.
391	MAT	6	1	zvn1	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
392	MAT	6	1	at4q			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md). In this section, Jesus addresses the “acts of righteousness” of alms, prayer, and fasting.
393	MAT	6	1	bgc7	figs-explicit	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	before men to be seen by them	It is implied that those who see the person will honor him. Alternate translation: “in front of people to be seen by them so they will give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
394	MAT	6	1	vvm4	figs-activepassive	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς	1	before men to be seen by them	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
395	MAT	6	1	juj5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
396	MAT	6	2	d8kw	figs-metaphor	μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	do not sound a trumpet before yourself	This metaphor means to do something that purposefully gets people’s attention. Alternate translation: “do not draw attention to yourself like someone who plays a loud trumpet in a crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
397	MAT	6	2	dk6u		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
398	MAT	6	3	z4c1	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
399	MAT	6	3	te4n			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach his disciples about alms.
400	MAT	6	3	vca2	figs-metaphor	μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου	1	do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing	This is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to **know** what the other is **doing** at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
401	MAT	6	4	h4we	figs-activepassive	ᾖ σου ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	your gift may be in secret	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you can give to the poor without other people knowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
402	MAT	6	5	m54u	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” in verses 5 and 7 are plural; in verse 6 they are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
403	MAT	6	5	a7z4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about prayer.
404	MAT	6	5	e12v	figs-explicit	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	so that they may be seen by men	It is implied that those who see them will give them honor. Alternate translation: “so that they will be seen and people will honor them for what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
405	MAT	6	5	rzpj	figs-activepassive	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	so that they may be seen by men	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
406	MAT	6	5	z3h6		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
407	MAT	6	6	dqv4		εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν σου	1	enter into your inner chamber, and having shut your door	“go to a private place” or “go where you can be alone”
408	MAT	6	6	vdr7		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	to your Father who is in secret	This could mean: (1) No one can see God. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is invisible” (2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is with you in private”
409	MAT	6	6	kkn7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	to your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
410	MAT	6	6	eb6r		ὁ Πατήρ σου, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	your Father who sees in secret	“your Father will see what you do in private and”
411	MAT	6	7	d1t2		μὴ βατταλογήσητε	1	do not make useless repetitions	This could mean: (1) The **repetitions** are **useless**. Alternate translation: “do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again” (2) The words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: “do not keeping repeating meaningless words”
412	MAT	6	7	a8ai	figs-activepassive	εἰσακουσθήσονται	1	they will be heard	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
413	MAT	6	8	fr1d	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words **you** and **your** are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words **you** and **your** are singular and refer to God, “Our Father in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
414	MAT	6	8	nv9i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
415	MAT	6	9	ad6l		Πάτερ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Our Father who is in heaven	This is the beginning of the prayer and how Jesus teaches the people to address God.
416	MAT	6	9	mq4x	figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	let your name be sanctified	Here, **your name** refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
417	MAT	6	10	n67c	figs-metonymy	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου	1	Let your kingdom come	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “May you rule over everyone and everything completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
418	MAT	6	10	pdc5	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς	1	Let your will also be done on earth as it is in heaven	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will just as everything in heaven does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
419	MAT	6	11	njr9	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	This is part of a prayer that Jesus was teaching the people. All instances of “we,” “us,” and “our” refer only to those who would pray this prayer. Those words do not also refer to God, to whom they would be praying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
420	MAT	6	11	dft8	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον…τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	daily bread	Here, **bread** refers to food in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
421	MAT	6	12	yi9s	figs-metaphor	τὰ ὀφειλήματα	1	debts	A debt is what one person owes another. This is a metaphor for sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
422	MAT	6	12	i8fq	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν	1	our debtors	A **debtor** is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
423	MAT	6	13	l8u6	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	do not bring us into temptation	The word **temptation**, an abstract noun, can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “Do not let anything tempt us” or “Do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
424	MAT	6	14	ns3m	figs-you		0	General Information:	All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. However, Jesus is telling them what will happen to them as individuals if each person does not forgive others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
425	MAT	6	14	z79a	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν	1	their trespasses	The abstract noun **trespasses** can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
426	MAT	6	14	v7ne	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
427	MAT	6	15	pi3z	figs-abstractnouns	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις…τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν	1	those of men … your trespasses	The abstract noun **trespasses** can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “men when they trespass against you … when you trespass against God” or “men when they do things that harm you … when you do things that make your Father angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
428	MAT	6	16	j7xg	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. In verse 16 all occurences of “you” are plural. In verses 17 and 18 where Jesus teaches them how to behave when they fast, all occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular. In some languages those occurences of “you” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
429	MAT	6	16	q19r			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about fasting.
430	MAT	6	16	xv6b		ἀφανίζουσιν…τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν	1	they disfigure their faces	The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting.
431	MAT	6	16	ix6h		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
432	MAT	6	17	k283		ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν	1	anoint your head	“put oil in your hair” or “groom your hair.” To **anoint** the **head** here is to take normal care of one’s hair. It has nothing to do with “Christ” meaning “anointed one.” Jesus means that people should look the same whether they are fasting or not.
433	MAT	6	18	d27s		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	to your Father who is in secret	This could mean: (1) No one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” (2) God is with that person who fasts secretly. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private” See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
434	MAT	6	18	m56a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	to your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
435	MAT	6	18	tby8		ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	who sees in secret	“who sees what you do in private.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
436	MAT	6	19	afg9	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural, except in verse 21, where they are singular. In some languages these occurrences of “you” and “your” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
437	MAT	6	19	z3jx			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about money and possessions.
438	MAT	6	19	tqp1		θησαυροὺς	1	treasures	riches, the things to which a person gives the most value
439	MAT	6	19	z9wd		ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει	1	where moth and rust destroy	“where moth and rust ruin treasures”
440	MAT	6	19	tqc9		σὴς	1	moth	a small, flying insect that destroys cloth
441	MAT	6	19	enl6		βρῶσις	1	rust	a brown substance that forms on metals
442	MAT	6	20	v5tn	figs-metaphor	θησαυρίζετε…ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	store up for yourselves treasures in heaven	This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in **heaven**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
443	MAT	6	21	b74q	figs-metonymy	ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου	1	there will your heart be also	Here, **heart** means a person’s thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
444	MAT	6	22	g215	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
445	MAT	6	22	sbl1	figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός…φωτεινὸν ἔσται	1	The eye is the lamp of the body … is full of light	This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
446	MAT	6	22	r4d1	figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός	1	The eye is the lamp of the body	This metaphor means the eyes allow a person to see just as a **lamp** helps a person see in the dark. Alternate translation: “Like a lamp, the eye allows you to see things clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
447	MAT	6	22	u47q		ὀφθαλμός	1	eye	You may have to translate this as plural, “eyes.”
448	MAT	6	23	dl86	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου…τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	But if your eye … how great is that darkness	This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
449	MAT	6	23	p231	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ	1	if your eye is evil	This does not refer to magic. Jewish people often used this as a metaphor for someone who is greedy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
450	MAT	6	23	n42m		εἰ…τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον	1	if the light that is in you is darkness, how great is that darkness!	“if that which is supposed to cause light in your body causes darkness, then your body is in complete darkness”
451	MAT	6	24	ijn3	figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and will despise the other	Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
452	MAT	6	24	zt2u		οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ	1	You are not able to serve God and wealth	“You cannot love God and money at the same time”
453	MAT	6	25	s5uy	figs-you		0	General Information:	Here the instances of “you” and “your” are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
454	MAT	6	25	wcz4		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
455	MAT	6	25	xdu1		ὑμῖν	1	to you	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do.
456	MAT	6	25	nt96	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος?	1	Is not life more than food, and the body more than clothing?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “Obviously life is more than what you eat, and your body is more than what you wear.” or “Clearly there are things in life that are more important than food, and there are things concerning the body that are more important than clothes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
457	MAT	6	26	p11z		ἀποθήκας	1	barns	places to store crops
458	MAT	6	26	a9w6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
459	MAT	6	26	nbm5	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν?	1	Are you not more valuable than them?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “Obviously you are more valuable than birds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
460	MAT	6	27	cm6a	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
461	MAT	6	27	fr8g	figs-metaphor	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	But which one from you, being anxious, are able to add one cubit to his lifespan?	Here to **add one cubit to his lifespan** is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
462	MAT	6	27	ivmg	figs-rquestion	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?	1	But which one from you, being anxious, are able to add one cubit to his lifespan?	Here to **add one cubit to his lifespan** is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life. You cannot add even one minute to your life! So you should not worry about things you need.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
463	MAT	6	27	kub4	translate-bdistance	πῆχυν ἕνα	1	one cubit	A **cubit** is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
464	MAT	6	28	erj8	figs-rquestion	περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε?	1	why are you anxious about clothing?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “you should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
465	MAT	6	28	him2	figs-personification	τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνουσιν; οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν	1	the lilies of the field, how they grow. They do not toil, nor do they spin cloth	Jesus speaks about the **lilies** as if they were people who wore clothes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
466	MAT	6	28	xnvg	figs-metaphor	τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνουσιν; οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν	1	the lilies of the field, how they grow. They do not toil, nor do they spin cloth	The **lilies** being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
467	MAT	6	28	t16l	translate-unknown	κρίνα	1	lilies	A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
468	MAT	6	29	n75l	figs-personification	οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	not even Solomon in all his glory was clothed like one of these	Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
469	MAT	6	29	u7fd	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	not even Solomon in all his glory was clothed like one of these	The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
470	MAT	6	29	np9e		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
471	MAT	6	29	sqg8	figs-activepassive	περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων	1	was clothed like one of these	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “did not wear clothes that are as beautiful as these lilies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
472	MAT	6	30	z5lh	figs-personification	τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ…οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν	1	thus clothes the grass of the fields	Jesus continues to speak about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
473	MAT	6	30	xykl	figs-metaphor	τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ…οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν	1	thus clothes the grass of the field	The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
474	MAT	6	30	uf36		χόρτον	1	grass	If your language has a word that includes **grass** and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.
475	MAT	6	30	m23l	figs-activepassive	εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	is thrown into the oven	The Jews at that time used grass in their fires to cook their food. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
476	MAT	6	30	ym2c	figs-ellipsis	οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1	will he not much more	The verb **clothe** is implied from earlier in the sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
477	MAT	6	30	cd8w	figs-rquestion	οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι?	1	will he not much more, you of little faith?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you even better, you of little faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
478	MAT	6	30	ic18		ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	you of little faith	“you who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses the people this way because their anxiety about clothing shows they have little faith in God.
479	MAT	6	31	jps3		οὖν	1	Therefore	“Because of all of this”
480	MAT	6	31	pd6x	figs-synecdoche	τί περιβαλώμεθα	1	What will we wear	In this sentence, what people wear is a synecdoche for material possessions. Alternate translation: “What possessions will we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
481	MAT	6	32	j77y		πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητοῦσιν	1	For the Gentiles seek all these things	“For the Gentiles are concerned about what they will eat, drink, and wear”
482	MAT	6	32	ecb9		οἶδεν…ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων ἁπάντων	1	your heavenly Father knows that you need all of these things	Jesus is implying that God will make sure their basic needs are met.
483	MAT	6	32	unz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
484	MAT	6	33	ep2c	figs-metonymy	ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ	1	seek first his kingdom and his righteousness	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “concern yourselves with serving God, who is your king, and doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
485	MAT	6	33	ak39	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	all these things will be added to you	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
486	MAT	6	34	qm2a		οὖν	1	Therefore	“Because of all this”
487	MAT	6	34	xdg7	figs-personification	ἡ…αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς	1	tomorrow will be anxious for itself	Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
488	MAT	7	intro	bz7e			0		# Matthew 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Matthew 5-7<br><br>Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.<br><br>### “By their fruits you will know them”<br><br>Fruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
489	MAT	7	1	jav3	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The instances of “you” and the commands are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
490	MAT	7	1	f4fe			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md).
491	MAT	7	1	xk6w	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε	1	Do not judge	It is implied here that **judge** has the strong meaning of “condemn harshly” or “declare guilty.” Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
492	MAT	7	1	bk8y	figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you may not be judged	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
493	MAT	7	2	f9nb		γὰρ	1	For	Be sure the reader understands the statement in 7:2 is based on what Jesus said in 7:1.
494	MAT	7	2	kj24	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε	1	with the judgment you judge, you will be judged	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
495	MAT	7	2	mt3d		ᾧ μέτρῳ	1	the measure	This could mean: (1) This is the amount of punishment given. (2) This is the standard used for judgment.
496	MAT	7	2	wgh2	figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be measured out to you	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure it out to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
497	MAT	7	3	hzb4			0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural.
498	MAT	7	3	em5r	figs-rquestion	τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος…τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	Why do you look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people’s sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” or “Do not look at the speck … and ignore the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
499	MAT	7	3	ctb3	figs-metaphor	τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	the speck that is in the eye of your brother	This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
500	MAT	7	3	r9jf		κάρφος	1	speck	“splinter” or “bit of dust.” Use a word for the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes.
501	MAT	7	3	d2qc		τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	of your brother	All occurrences of **brother** in 7:3-5 refer to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
502	MAT	7	3	q1z4	figs-metaphor	τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν	1	the log that is in your own eye	This is a metaphor for a person’s most important faults. A **log** could not literally go into a person’s eye. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
503	MAT	7	3	xdcg	figs-hyperbole	τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν	1	the log that is in your own eye	Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to his own more important faults before he deals with another person’s less important faults. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
504	MAT	7	3	cgc6		δοκὸν	1	the log	the largest part of a tree that someone has cut down
505	MAT	7	4	k58h	figs-rquestion	ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ?	1	Or how will you say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your own eye?	Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
506	MAT	7	6	av85			0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all plural.
507	MAT	7	6	arm9	figs-metaphor	τοῖς κυσίν…τῶν χοίρων	1	to the dogs … the pigs	Jews considered these animals to be dirty, and God told the Jews not to eat them. They are metaphors for wicked people who do not value holy things. It would be best to translate these words literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
508	MAT	7	6	xy2e	figs-metaphor	τοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	pearls	These are similar to round, valuable stones or beads. They are a metaphor for the knowledge of God or precious things in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
509	MAT	7	6	vt72		καταπατήσουσιν	1	they will trample	“the pigs will trample”
510	MAT	7	6	y5mm		στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	having turned, they may tear you to pieces	“the dogs may then turn and tear you apart”
511	MAT	7	7	j1qa	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
512	MAT	7	7	ut6i	figs-metaphor	αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε…κρούετε	1	Ask … Seek … Knock	These are metaphors for praying to God. The verb form shows that we are to keep praying until he answers. If your language has a form for continuing to do something over and over, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
513	MAT	7	7	fh57		αἰτεῖτε	1	Ask	request things from someone, in this case God
514	MAT	7	7	tv49	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
515	MAT	7	7	cs5b		ζητεῖτε	1	Seek	look for someone, in this case God
516	MAT	7	7	rt8g		κρούετε	1	Knock	To knock on a door was a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask for doors to be opened. Alternate translation: “Tell God you want him to open the door”
517	MAT	7	7	zxs3	figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be opened to you	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will open it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
518	MAT	7	9	mq14	figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Or what man is there from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread—he will not give him a stone, will he?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
519	MAT	7	9	n5s1	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	for bread	This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “for some food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
520	MAT	7	9	cq8h		λίθον	1	a stone	This noun should be translated literally.
521	MAT	7	10	ht1m		ἰχθὺν…ὄφιν	1	a fish … a snake	These nouns should be translated literally.
522	MAT	7	10	y9q5	figs-ellipsis	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Or he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he?	It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
523	MAT	7	10	t19o	figs-rquestion	ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?	1	Or he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he?	Jesus asks another question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
524	MAT	7	11	h3k6	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
525	MAT	7	11	pk31	figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν?	1	how much more will your Father who is in the heavens give good things to those who ask him?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give good things to those who ask him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
526	MAT	7	11	z8zr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
527	MAT	7	12	wr93		ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	whatever you might want that men would do to you	“whatever way you want others to act toward you”
528	MAT	7	12	b1x2	figs-metonymy	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	for this is the law and the prophets	Here, **law** and **prophets** refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
529	MAT	7	13	uhb3			0	General Information:	This image of walking through a wide gate to destruction or a narrow gate to life represents how people live and the results of how they live. When you translate, use appropriate words for “wide” and “broad” that are as different as possible from “narrow” in order to emphasize the differences between the two sets of gates and ways.
530	MAT	7	13	dgr2	figs-metaphor	εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης…πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς	1	Enter through the narrow gate … there are many who are entering through it	This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a **gate** into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
531	MAT	7	13	j8xn		εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης	1	Enter through the narrow gate	You may need to move this to the end of verse 14: “Therefore, enter through the narrow gate.”
532	MAT	7	13	y9ru		τῆς στενῆς πύλης…ἡ ὁδὸς	1	the narrow gate … the way	This could mean: (1) The **way** refers to the road that leads to the **gate** of a kingdom. (2) The **gate** and **way** both refer to the entrance to the kingdom.
533	MAT	7	13	zv24	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν	1	to destruction	This abstract noun can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “to the place where people die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
534	MAT	7	14	x8u9			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to speak of people choosing how they are going to live as if they are choosing whether to go on one path or another.
535	MAT	7	14	wlr9	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1	to life	The abstract noun **life** can be translated using the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “to the place where people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
536	MAT	7	15	s91c		προσέχετε ἀπὸ	1	Beware of	“Be on guard against”
537	MAT	7	15	lj5v	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες	1	who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravenous wolves	This metaphor means that false prophets will pretend they are good and want to help people, but they are really evil and will do people harm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
538	MAT	7	16	pul5	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	By their fruits you will know them	This metaphor refers to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by how they act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
539	MAT	7	16	nve4	figs-rquestion	μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα?	1	they do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles, do they?	Jesus uses a question to teach the people. The people would have known that the answer is no. Alternate translation: “People do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
540	MAT	7	17	a9tn	figs-metaphor	πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ	1	every good tree produces good fruit	Jesus continues to use the metaphor of **fruit** to refer to good prophets who produce **good** works or words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
541	MAT	7	17	f5l3	figs-metaphor	τὸ…σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ	1	the rotten tree produces bad fruit	Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to bad prophets who produce evil works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
542	MAT	7	19	aeg4	figs-metaphor	πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire	Jesus continues to use **fruit** trees as a metaphor to refer to false prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
543	MAT	7	19	xwrm	figs-explicit	πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire	Here, he only states what will happen to the bad trees. It is implied that the same thing will happen to the false prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
544	MAT	7	19	g7fs	figs-activepassive	ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	is cut down and thrown into the fire	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people cut down and burn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
545	MAT	7	20	x87m	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς	1	you will recognize them from their fruits	The word **their** can refer to either the prophets or the trees. This metaphor implies that the fruit of trees and the deeds of prophets both reveal whether they are good or bad. If possible, translate this in a way so that it can refer to both trees and prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
546	MAT	7	21	rj2v	figs-metonymy	εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	will enter into the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heavens” in your translation. Alternate translation: “will live with God in the heavens when he shows himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
547	MAT	7	21	rq5h		ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	the one who does the will of my Father who is in the heavens	“whoever does what my Father in the heavens desires”
548	MAT	7	21	c6yz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
549	MAT	7	22	mp6e	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	in that day	Jesus said **that day** knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. You should include “the day of judgment” only if your readers would not understand otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
550	MAT	7	22	m9py	figs-rquestion	οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν?	1	did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name do many mighty deeds?	The people use a question to emphasize that they did these things. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
551	MAT	7	22	t5j7	figs-exclusive	οὐ…ἐπροφητεύσαμεν	1	did we not prophesy	This **we** does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
552	MAT	7	22	hg17	figs-metonymy	τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι	1	in your name	This could mean: (1) This refers to his authority or power. (2) This means they were doing what he wanted them to do. or (3) This means they were asking him for the power to do it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
553	MAT	7	22	p67f		δυνάμεις	1	mighty deeds	“miracles”
554	MAT	7	23	d4y5	figs-idiom	οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς	1	I never knew you	This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: “You are not my follower” or “I have nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
555	MAT	7	24	fg9k		οὖν	1	Therefore	“For that reason”
556	MAT	7	24	hbd7	figs-metonymy	μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	these words of mine	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
557	MAT	7	24	qjh9	figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν	1	will be compared to a wise man who built his house upon the rock	Jesus compares those who obey his words to a person who builds his **house** where nothing can harm it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
558	MAT	7	24	dy1f		πέτραν	1	rock	This is the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground.
559	MAT	7	25	bv81	figs-activepassive	τεθεμελίωτο	1	it had been founded	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he had built it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
560	MAT	7	26	asf4			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount, which began in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md).
561	MAT	7	26	nw97	figs-simile	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον	1	will be compared to a foolish man who built his house upon the sand	Jesus continues the simile from the previous verse. He compares those who do not obey his words to **foolish** house-builders. Only a fool would build a **house** on a sandy place where rain, floods, and wind can sweep the sand away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
562	MAT	7	27	a7mj		ἔπεσεν	1	it fell	Use the general word in your language that describes what happens when a house falls down.
563	MAT	7	27	k4hi		ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη	1	its destruction was great	The rain, floods, and wind completely destroyed the house.
564	MAT	7	28	jrh7	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	These verses describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching in the Sermon on the Mount. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
565	MAT	7	28	hu6z		καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε	1	And it came about that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And when” or “Now after”
566	MAT	7	28	b321		ἐξεπλήσσοντο…ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	were astonished by his teaching	It is clear in 7:29 that they were amazed not just at what Jesus taught but also the way he taught it. Alternate translation: “were amazed by the way he taught”
567	MAT	8	intro	f33a			0		# Matthew 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracles<br><br>Jesus performed miracles to show that he could control things that no other people could control. He also showed that it is proper to worship him because he performed miracles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])
568	MAT	8	1	qb1d	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that contains several accounts of Jesus healing people. This theme continues through [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
569	MAT	8	1	clf8		καταβάντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	Now when he had come down from the hill, large crowds followed him	“After Jesus came down from the hill, a large crowd followed him.” The crowd may have included both people who had been with him on the mountain and people who had not been with him.
570	MAT	8	2	vas8		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
571	MAT	8	2	q4x2		λεπρὸς	1	a leper	“a man who had leprosy” or “a man who had a skin disease”
572	MAT	8	2	n77q	translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed before him	This is a sign of humble respect before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
573	MAT	8	2	yc3f		ἐὰν θέλῃς	1	if you would be willing	“if you want to” or “if you desire.” The leper knew that Jesus had the power to heal him, but he did not know if Jesus would want to touch him.
574	MAT	8	2	yjn2	figs-idiom	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	you are able to make me clean	Here, **clean** means to be healed and to be able to live in the community again. Alternate translation: “you can heal me” or “please heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
575	MAT	8	3	kg7e	figs-imperative	καθαρίσθητι	1	Be clean	By saying this, Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
576	MAT	8	3	eht7		εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη	1	immediately he was cleansed	“at that moment he was cleansed”
577	MAT	8	3	lj1x	figs-activepassive	ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα	1	he was cleansed of his leprosy	The result of Jesus saying “Be clean” was that the man was healed. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he was well” or “the leprosy left him” or “the leprosy ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
578	MAT	8	4	gzy6		αὐτῷ	1	to him	This refers to the man that Jesus just healed.
579	MAT	8	4	gt5s		ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς	1	See that you may tell no one	“Do not say anything to anyone” or “Do not tell anyone I healed you”
580	MAT	8	4	zi3a	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	show yourself to the priest	Jewish law required that the person **show** his healed skin **to the priest**, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
581	MAT	8	4	tq9l	figs-explicit	προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them	The law of **Moses** required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were ostracized, banned from the community, until they had proof of their healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
582	MAT	8	4	rj8u	figs-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	to them	This could mean: (1) This refers to the priests. (2) This refers to all the people. (3) This refers to the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
583	MAT	8	5	sxz8			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
584	MAT	8	5	vzb9		προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ…παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν	1	came to him, begging him	Here both instances of **him** refer to Jesus.
585	MAT	8	6	cr8h		παραλυτικός	1	paralyzed	unable to move because of disease or stroke
586	MAT	8	7	b9br		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	Jesus says to him	“Jesus said to the centurion”
587	MAT	8	7	r3sx		ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν, θεραπεύσω αὐτόν	1	I, when I have come, will heal him	“I will come to your house and make your servant well”
588	MAT	8	8	p7p4	figs-idiom	μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην	1	under my roof	This is an idiom that refers to inside the house. Alternate translation: “into my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
589	MAT	8	8	hig7	figs-metonymy	εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	speak a word	Here, **word** represents a command. Alternate translation: “give the command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
590	MAT	8	8	rk1z	figs-activepassive	ἰαθήσεται	1	will be healed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “will become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
591	MAT	8	9	ds2m	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας	1	I … am a man under authority, having soldiers placed under me	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I … am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I have been given authority over a group of soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
592	MAT	8	9	da25	figs-idiom	ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν…ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	under authority … under me	To be **under** someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone more important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
593	MAT	8	10	rc1h		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
594	MAT	8	10	c7y6	figs-explicit	παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον	1	I have found such great faith from no one in Israel	Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in **Israel**, who claim to be children of God, would have greater **faith** than anyone. Jesus is saying they are wrong and that the centurion’s faith was greater. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
595	MAT	8	11	xee4	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	Here, **you** is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in [Matthew 8:10](../08/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
596	MAT	8	11	mt2i	figs-merism	ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν	1	from east and west	Using the opposites **east** and **west** is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from far away in every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
597	MAT	8	11	u4sj	figs-metonymy	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	they will recline at table	People in that culture would lie down beside the **table** while eating. This phrase indicates that all those at the table are family and close friends. The joy in the kingdom of God is frequently spoken of as if the people there were feasting. Alternate translation: “live as family and friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
598	MAT	8	11	qmc7	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	in the kingdom of of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heavens” in your translation. Alternate translation: “when our God in the heavens shows that he is king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
599	MAT	8	12	ks3b	figs-activepassive	οἱ…υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται	1	the sons of the kingdom will be thrown out	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will throw out the sons of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
600	MAT	8	12	aug7	figs-metonymy	οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	But the sons of the kingdom	The phrase **sons of** is a metonym, referring to the unbelieving Jews of the kingdom of Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
601	MAT	8	12	pf26	figs-irony	οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	But the sons of the kingdom	There is irony here because the **sons** will be thrown out while the strangers will be welcomed. Alternate translation: “those who should have allowed God to rule over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
602	MAT	8	12	liu4	figs-metonymy	τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον	1	the outer darkness	Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
603	MAT	8	12	gww4	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	Here, **grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. Alternate translation: “weeping and showing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
604	MAT	8	13	ki92	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω σοι	1	let it be done for you	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
605	MAT	8	13	sdn6	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ὁ παῖς	1	the servant was healed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
606	MAT	8	13	ln7p		ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	at that very hour	“at the exact time Jesus said he would heal the servant”
607	MAT	8	14	s6g4			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
608	MAT	8	14	ja31		ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus had come	The disciples were probably with Jesus, but the focus of the story is on what Jesus said and did, so introduce the disciples only if needed to avoid wrong meaning.
609	MAT	8	14	ynh8		τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ	1	his mother-in-law	“the mother of Peter’s wife”
610	MAT	8	15	w7nh	figs-personification	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	the fever left her	If your language would understand this personification to mean that the fever could think and act on its own, You can translate this as “she became better” or “Jesus healed her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
611	MAT	8	15	r9lt		ἠγέρθη	1	she got up	“she got out of bed”
612	MAT	8	16	bpx7			0	General Information:	In verse 17, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ healing ministry was a fulfillment of prophecy.
613	MAT	8	16	b7cx			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to later that evening and tells of Jesus healing more people and casting out demons.
614	MAT	8	16	yv9y	figs-explicit	ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης	1	Now evening having come	Because Jews did not work or travel on the Sabbath, **evening**may imply after the Sabbath. They waited until evening to bring people to Jesus. You do not need to mention the Sabbath unless you need to avoid wrong meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
615	MAT	8	16	pwr4	figs-activepassive	δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς	1	many being possessed by demons	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “many people whom demons possessed” or “many people whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
616	MAT	8	16	f1cv	figs-metonymy	ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ	1	he cast out the spirits with a word	Here, **word** stands for a command. Alternate translation: “he commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
617	MAT	8	17	r3dc	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	might be fulfilled that which had been spoken by Isaiah the prophet	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah had spoken to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
618	MAT	8	17	eyu9	figs-parallelism	αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν	1	He himself took our weaknesses and bore our diseases	Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of **our diseases**. Alternate translation: “healed those who were sick and made them well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
619	MAT	8	18	h8bx			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts and tells about Jesus’ response to some people who wanted to follow him.
620	MAT	8	18	dqh1		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
621	MAT	8	18	a2pn		ἐκέλευσεν	1	commanded	“told his disciples”
622	MAT	8	19	e1b7		ὅπου ἐὰν	1	wherever	to any place
623	MAT	8	20	pqp6	writing-proverbs	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky, nests	Jesus answers with this proverb. This means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
624	MAT	8	20	ub5o	figs-explicit	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky, nests	Jesus assumes that his hearers know what **foxes** are and what they use the **holes** for. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this information explicit. Alternate translation: “Foxes have their holes in the ground to sleep in, and flying birds have their nests to sleep in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
625	MAT	8	20	tp9s	translate-unknown	αἱ ἀλώπεκες	1	Foxes	**Foxes** are animals like dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for wild dog-like creatures that burrow in the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
626	MAT	8	20	rrb5		φωλεοὺς	1	holes	Foxes make **holes** in the ground to live in. Use the appropriate word for the place where the animal you use for “foxes” lives.
627	MAT	8	20	qqvq	figs-ellipsis	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	the birds of the sky, nests	Jesus leaves out the verb “have” in this sentence. You can supply it. Alternate translation: “the birds of the sky have nests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
628	MAT	8	20	qvm5	figs-123person	ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	2	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
629	MAT	8	20	yl4s	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	does not have where he might lay his head	This refers to a place to sleep. Alternate translation: “has no place of his own to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
630	MAT	8	21	hlx9		ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	permit me first to go away and to bury my father	It is unclear whether the man’s **father** has died and he will **bury** him immediately, or if the man wants to stay for a longer amount of time until his father dies so he can bury him then. The main point is that the man wants to do something else first before he follows Jesus.
631	MAT	8	22	h7fb	figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	allow the dead to bury their own dead	Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Here, **the dead** could mean: (1) It is a metaphor for those who will soon die. (2) It is a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
632	MAT	8	23	us1s			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to the account of Jesus calming a storm as he and his disciples cross the Sea of Galilee.
633	MAT	8	23	e8k1		καὶ ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς πλοῖον	1	And when he had entered into a boat	“And when he got into a boat”
634	MAT	8	23	sl7v		ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples followed him	Try to use the same words for **disciples** and **followed** that you used in ([Matthew 8:21-22](../08/21.md)).
635	MAT	8	24	j55j		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “suddenly” or “without warning”
636	MAT	8	24	x7k1	figs-activepassive	σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	a great storm happened on the sea	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a powerful storm arose on the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
637	MAT	8	24	m6w8	figs-activepassive	ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	so that the boat was covered by the waves	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the waves covered the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
638	MAT	8	25	k2hd		ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	they woke him, saying, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”	This could mean: (1) They first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” (2) As they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”
639	MAT	8	25	b2wh	figs-exclusive	Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	Save us, Lord; we are perishing!	If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
640	MAT	8	25	xf5d		ἀπολλύμεθα	1	we are perishing	“we are about to die”
641	MAT	8	26	jmt8		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	“to the disciples”
642	MAT	8	26	g8p7	figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	Why are you cowardly, you of little faith?	Jesus was rebuking the disciples with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “You should not be cowardly, you of little faith!” or “There is nothing for you to be afraid of, you who have little faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
643	MAT	8	26	r5ve		ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	you of little faith	“you who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:30](../06/30.md).
644	MAT	8	27	u2qh	figs-rquestion	ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν?	1	What sort of is he, that even the winds and the sea obey him?	“Even the winds and the sea obey him! What sort of man is this?” This rhetorical question shows that the disciples were surprised. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
645	MAT	8	27	k5mk	figs-personification	καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν	1	even the winds and the sea obey him	For people or animals to obey or disobey is not surprising, but for wind and water to obey is very surprising. This personification describes the natural elements as being able to hear and respond like people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
646	MAT	8	28	g6mr			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the author returns to the theme of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
647	MAT	8	28	iy7a		εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	to the other side	“to the other side of the Sea of Galilee”
648	MAT	8	28	yzi6	translate-names	τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν	1	the country of the Gadarenes	The **Gadarenes** were named after the town of Gadara. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
649	MAT	8	28	hz5n	figs-activepassive	δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι	1	two men … being possessed by demons	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “two men … whom demons possessed” or “two men … whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
650	MAT	8	28	ylu6		χαλεποὶ λείαν ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης	1	very violent, so that no one was strong enough to pass through that road	The demons that were controlling these two men were so dangerous that no one could go through that area.
651	MAT	8	29	v9mp		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this.
652	MAT	8	29	gr2p	figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	What to us and to you, Son of God?	The demons use a question but they are being hostile toward Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not bother us, Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
653	MAT	8	29	jcq6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
654	MAT	8	29	u4jr	figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Have you come here to torment us before the set time?	Again, the demons use a question in a hostile way. Alternate translation: “You should not disobey God by punishing us before the specific time God has set when he will punish us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
655	MAT	8	30	v91c	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
656	MAT	8	31	tf32	figs-explicit	εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς	1	If you cast us out	It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to cast them out. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
657	MAT	8	31	cgf7	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	This is exclusive, meaning the demons only. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
658	MAT	8	32	h86e		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	This refers to the demons inside the men.
659	MAT	8	32	gtx2		οἱ…ἐξελθόντες ἀπῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους	1	the demons, having come out, went away to the pigs	“the demons left the man and entered the pigs”
660	MAT	8	32	qa1i		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
661	MAT	8	32	lhn7		ὥρμησεν…κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ	1	rushed down the steep hill	“ran quickly down the steep slope”
662	MAT	8	32	zk2p		ἀπέθανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν	1	they died in the water	“they fell into the water and drowned”
663	MAT	8	33	qmc5			0	Connecting Statement:	This concludes the account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
664	MAT	8	33	v39w		οἱ…βόσκοντες	1	those who had been feeding the pigs	“those who had been taking care of the pigs”
665	MAT	8	33	ev2w	figs-activepassive	τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων	1	the things concerning the men who were possessed by demons	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons had controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
666	MAT	8	34	b2hp		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.
667	MAT	8	34	j6sp	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	the whole city	The word **city** is a metonym for the people of the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
668	MAT	8	34	xb5x	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	the whole city	The word **whole** is probably an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out. Not necessarily every person came out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
669	MAT	8	34	bsf4		τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν	1	their region	“their region”
670	MAT	9	intro	tg41			0		# Matthew 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Speakers in this chapter asked questions to which they already knew the answer. They asked the questions to show that they were not happy with the hearers or to teach them or to get them to think. Your language may have another way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Proverbs<br><br>Proverbs are very short sentences that use words that are easy to remember to tell about something that is generally true. People who understand proverbs usually have to know much about the language and culture of the speaker. When you translate the proverbs in this chapter, you may have to use many more words than the speakers used so that you can add information that the hearers knew but your reader do not know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
671	MAT	9	1	nl8w			0	Connecting Statement:	Matthew returns to the theme, which he began in [Matthew 8:1](../08/01.md), of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man.
672	MAT	9	1	cs8l		πλοῖον	1	a boat	This is probably the same boat as in [Matthew 8:23](../08/23.md). You only need to specify this if needed to avoid confusion.
673	MAT	9	1	lje9		εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν	1	into his own city	“to the town where he lived.” This refers to Capernaum.
674	MAT	9	2	i6xp		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.
675	MAT	9	2	szd4		προσέφερον	1	they were bringing	“some men from the city were bringing”
676	MAT	9	2	k5eh		τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	their faith	This refers to the faith of the men and may also include the faith of the paralyzed man.
677	MAT	9	2	k9qq		τέκνον	1	Child	The man was not Jesus’ real son. Jesus was speaking to him politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “My friend” or “Young man” or even omitted.
678	MAT	9	2	iys2	figs-activepassive	ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins are forgiven	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
679	MAT	9	3	a35d		ἰδού	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
680	MAT	9	3	f88r		ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	among themselves	This could mean: (1) Each one was thinking to himself. (2) They were speaking among themselves.
681	MAT	9	3	mq8v		βλασφημεῖ	1	blasphemes	Jesus was claiming to be able to do things the scribes thought only God can do.
682	MAT	9	4	u643		ἰδὼν…τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν	1	having known their thoughts	Jesus knew what they were thinking either supernaturally or because he could see them talking to each other.
683	MAT	9	4	n4yl	figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	For what reason do you think evil in your hearts?	Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
684	MAT	9	4	qg52		πονηρὰ	1	evil	This is moral evil or wickedness, not simply error in fact.
685	MAT	9	4	d499	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your hearts	Here, **hearts** refers to their minds or their thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
686	MAT	9	5	j716	figs-rquestion	τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	For which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins have been forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’?	Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive **sins**. Alternate translation: “I just said ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
687	MAT	9	5	mk14	figs-quotations	τί…ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’?	The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” or “you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
688	MAT	9	5	g88p	figs-you	ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins have been forgiven	Here, **Your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
689	MAT	9	5	x05v	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins have been forgiven	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
690	MAT	9	6	gk68	figs-you	ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε	1	But in order that you may know	“But I will prove to you.” The “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
691	MAT	9	6	n5sf	figs-you	σου τὴν κλίνην…τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	your mat … your house	Here, **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
692	MAT	9	6	td1z		ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	go to your house	Jesus is not forbidding the man to go elsewhere. He is giving the man the opportunity to go home.
693	MAT	9	7	uwq4			0	Connecting Statement:	This concludes the account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man. Jesus then calls a tax collector to be one of his disciples.
694	MAT	9	8	u8qu		τὸν δόντα	1	who had given	“because he had given”
695	MAT	9	8	x71s		ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην	1	such authority	This refers to the **authority** to declare sins forgiven.
696	MAT	9	9	fkr2		καὶ παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν	1	And as Jesus passes on from there	This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
697	MAT	9	9	g4r4		παράγων	1	as … passes on	“as … was leaving” or “as … was going”
698	MAT	9	9	jc18		Μαθθαῖον…αὐτῷ…ἠκολούθησεν	1	Matthew … to him … he followed	Church tradition says that this Matthew is the author of this Gospel, but the text gives no reason to change the pronouns from “him” and “he” to “me” and “I.”
699	MAT	9	9	t5ip		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	he says to him	“Jesus says to Matthew”
700	MAT	9	9	q438		ἀναστὰς, ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ	1	having gotten up, he followed him	“Matthew got up and followed Jesus.” This means Matthew became Jesus’ disciple.
701	MAT	9	10	h7u9			0	General Information:	These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
702	MAT	9	10	ksr5		τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	the house	This is probably Matthew’s **house**, but it could also be Jesus’ house. Specify only if needed to avoid confusion.
703	MAT	9	10	c751		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
704	MAT	9	10	f9lh		ἁμαρτωλοὶ	1	sinners	people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
705	MAT	9	11	ge2u		καὶ ἰδόντες, οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	And the Pharisees, having seen this	“And the Pharisees, when they saw that Jesus was eating with the tax collectors and sinful people”
706	MAT	9	11	z4h5	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν?	1	For what reason does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners?	The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
707	MAT	9	12	xz13			0	General Information:	These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
708	MAT	9	12	m7fm		ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας	1	But he, having heard this	Here, **this** refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners.
709	MAT	9	12	tl42	writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	Those who are strong in body do not have need of a physician, but those who have sickness	Jesus answers with a proverb. He means that he eats with these kinds of people because he has come to help sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
710	MAT	9	12	uhc5		οἱ ἰσχύοντες	1	Those who are strong in body	“People who are healthy”
711	MAT	9	12	h5pg		ἰατροῦ	1	of a physician	a doctor
712	MAT	9	12	n33c	figs-ellipsis	οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	those who have sickness	The phrase “need a physician” is understood. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
713	MAT	9	13	fu2r		πορευθέντες δὲ, μάθετε τί ἐστιν	1	But having gone, learn what is	Jesus is about to quote the scriptures. Alternate translation: “You should go and learn the meaning of what God said in the scriptures”
714	MAT	9	13	tqr3		ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	I desire mercy and not sacrifice	Jesus is quoting what the prophet Hosea wrote in the scriptures. Here, **I** refers to God.
715	MAT	9	13	djt7		οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον	1	For I did not come	Here, **I** refers to Jesus.
716	MAT	9	13	a886	figs-irony	δικαίους	1	the righteous	Jesus is using irony. He does not think there are any people who are **righteous** and do not need to repent. Alternate translation: “those who think they are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
717	MAT	9	14	aa3c			0	Connecting Statement:	The disciples of John the Baptist question the fact that Jesus’ disciples do not fast.
718	MAT	9	14	k8vc		οὐ νηστεύουσιν	1	do not fast	“continue to eat regularly”
719	MAT	9	15	r8if	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?	1	The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they?	Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. They all knew that people do not mourn and fast at a wedding celebration. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
720	MAT	9	15	xnp8	writing-proverbs	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?	1	The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they?	Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not **mourn** because he is still there with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
721	MAT	9	15	iz9s		ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν	1	But the days will come when	This is a way of referring to some time in the future. Alternate translation: “But the time will come when” or “But someday”
722	MAT	9	15	p6hz	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom may be taken away from them	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will not be able to be with them any longer” or “someone will take the bridegroom away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
723	MAT	9	15	u8er		ἀπαρθῇ	1	may be taken away	Jesus is probably referring to his own death, but this should not be made explicit here in the translation. To maintain the imagery of a wedding, it is best to just state that the bridegroom will not be there any longer.
724	MAT	9	16	v4a1			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to answer the question that the disciples of John had asked. He did this by giving two examples of old things and new things that people do not put together.
725	MAT	9	16	yf98		οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ	1	But no one puts a patch of new cloth on an old garment	“But no one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment” or “But people do not sew a piece of new cloth as a patch an old garment”
726	MAT	9	16	bk47		ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ…τοῦ ἱματίου	1	an old garment … the garment	“old clothing … the clothing”
727	MAT	9	16	x752		αἴρει…τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου	1	his patch tears away from the garment	If someone were to wash the **garment**, the **patch** of new cloth would shrink, but the old garment would not shrink. This would tear the patch off the garment and leave a bigger hole.
728	MAT	9	16	rem6		τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ	1	his patch	“the piece of new cloth.” This is the piece of cloth used to cover a hole in the old garment.
729	MAT	9	16	t71t	figs-activepassive	χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται	1	a worse tear happens	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this will make the tear worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
730	MAT	9	17	q9wh			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to answer the question that disciples of John had asked.
731	MAT	9	17	s13y		οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς	1	Neither do they put new wine into old wineskins	Jesus uses another proverb to answer John’s disciples. This means the same as the proverb in [Matthew 9:16](../09/16.md).
732	MAT	9	17	fbl3		οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν	1	Neither do they put	“Neither does anyone pour” or “People never put”
733	MAT	9	17	h26e	translate-unknown	οἶνον νέον	1	new wine	This refers to **wine** that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit. Alternate translation: “grape juice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
734	MAT	9	17	dpv4		ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς	1	old wineskins	This refers to **wineskins** that have stretched and dried out because they were already used for fermenting wine.
735	MAT	9	17	v4x2		ἀσκοὺς	1	wineskins	“wine bags” or “skin bags.” These were bags made out of animal skins.
736	MAT	9	17	hv8f	figs-activepassive	ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται	1	the wine is spilled, and the wineskins are destroyed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this will ruin the wineskins and spill the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
737	MAT	9	17	tg2k		ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί	1	the wineskins are burst	When the new wine ferments and expands, the skins tear open because they can no longer stretch out.
738	MAT	9	17	cid7		ἀσκοὺς καινούς	1	fresh wineskins	“new wineskins” or “new wine bags.” This refers to **wineskins** that no one has used.
739	MAT	9	17	i8v4	figs-activepassive	ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται	1	both are preserved	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
740	MAT	9	18	a7ax			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus bringing to life the daughter of a Jewish official after she had died.
741	MAT	9	18	mj4x		ταῦτα	1	these things	This refers to the answer Jesus gave John’s disciples about fasting.
742	MAT	9	18	eqp1		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
743	MAT	9	18	n1i6	translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed down to him	This is a way someone would show respect in Jewish culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
744	MAT	9	18	in6t		ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ’ αὐτήν καὶ ζήσεται	1	having come, lay your hand on her, and she will live	This shows that the Jewish official believed Jesus had the power to bring his daughter back to life.
745	MAT	9	19	z99m		οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	“Jesus’ disciples”
746	MAT	9	20	ai7a			0	Connecting Statement:	This describes how Jesus healed another woman while he was on the way to the Jewish official’s house.
747	MAT	9	20	etd3		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
748	MAT	9	20	gv15	figs-euphemism	αἱμορροοῦσα	1	suffering from a discharge of blood	“who had been bleeding” or “who frequently had a flow of blood.” She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for it. Some cultures may have a polite way of referring to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
749	MAT	9	20	na37	translate-numbers	δώδεκα ἔτη	1	for 12 years	“for twelve years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
750	MAT	9	20	m9zq		τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	of his garment	“of his robe” or “of what he was wearing”
751	MAT	9	21	eb6t	figs-events	ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι.	1	for she was saying to herself, “If only I might touch his garments, I will be made well.”	She said this to herself before she touched Jesus’ garment. This tells why she touched Jesus’ garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
752	MAT	9	21	ukb8	figs-explicit	ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	If only I might touch his garments	According to Jewish law, because she was bleeding she was not supposed to **touch** anyone. She touches his clothes so that Jesus’ power would heal her and yet (she thought) he would not know that she touched him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
753	MAT	9	22	vi84		ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς	1	But Jesus	“The woman was hoping she could touch him secretly, but Jesus”
754	MAT	9	22	x398		θύγατερ	1	Daughter	The woman was not Jesus’ real daughter. Jesus was speaking to her politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “Young woman” or even omitted.
755	MAT	9	22	q6ca		ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	your faith has saved you	“because you believed in me, I will heal you”
756	MAT	9	22	zv2n	figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	the woman was healed from that very hour	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
757	MAT	9	23	tu2c			0	Connecting Statement:	This returns to the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
758	MAT	9	23	jae1		τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον	1	the flute players and the crowd being stirred up	This was a common way to mourn for someone who has died.
759	MAT	9	23	gy7g		τοὺς αὐλητὰς	1	the flute players	“people playing flutes”
760	MAT	9	24	v1st		ἀναχωρεῖτε	1	Go away	Jesus was speaking to many people, so use the plural command form if your language has one.
761	MAT	9	24	pc1m	figs-euphemism	οὐ…ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	the girl has not died, but sleeps	Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who **sleeps**. But here the dead girl will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
762	MAT	9	25	iy6x			0	General Information:	Verse 26 is a summary statement that describes the result of Jesus raising this girl from the dead.
763	MAT	9	25	utu3			0	Connecting Statement:	This completes the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
764	MAT	9	25	nqs6	figs-activepassive	ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος	1	But when the crowd had been put outside	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But after Jesus had sent the crowd outside” or “But after the family had sent the people outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
765	MAT	9	25	mm3q		ἠγέρθη	1	was raised up	“got out of bed.” This is the same meaning as in [Matthew 8:15](../08/15.md).
766	MAT	9	26	rxs4		καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην	1	And this report went out into all that region	“And the people of that whole region heard about it” or “And the people who saw that the girl was alive started telling everyone in the whole area about it”
767	MAT	9	27	b1h6			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus healing two blind men.
768	MAT	9	27	a8nm		καὶ παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	And when Jesus was departing from there	As Jesus was leaving the region
769	MAT	9	27	nwe9		παράγοντι…τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	when Jesus had departed	“when Jesus was leaving” or “as Jesus was going”
770	MAT	9	27	suc1		ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ	1	followed him	This means they were walking behind Jesus, not necessarily that they had become his disciples.
771	MAT	9	27	d8bu	figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	Have mercy on us	It is implied that they wanted Jesus to heal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
772	MAT	9	27	dh5d		Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.
773	MAT	9	28	yr4h		ἐλθόντι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	But when he had come into the house	This could be either Jesus’ own **house** or the house in [Matthew 9:10](../09/10.md).
774	MAT	9	28	e81f	figs-ellipsis	ναί, Κύριε	1	Yes, Lord	The full content of their answer is not stated, but it is understood. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
775	MAT	9	29	b3rl		ἥψατο τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν λέγων	1	he touched their eyes, saying	It is not clear whether **he touched** both men’s eyes at the same time or used only his right hand to touch one then the other. As the left hand was customarily used for unclean purposes, it is most likely that he used only his right hand. It is also not clear whether he spoke as he was touching them or touched them first and then spoke to them.
776	MAT	9	29	w92e	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν	1	Let it happen to you according to your faith	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do as you have believed” or “Because you believe, I will heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
777	MAT	9	30	uk2a	figs-idiom	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	their eyes were opened	This means they were able to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
778	MAT	9	30	qa39	figs-activepassive	ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	their eyes were opened	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God healed their eyes” or “the two blind men were able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
779	MAT	9	30	t6p8	figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω	1	See that no one knows about this	Here, **See** means “be sure.” Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” or “Do not tell anyone that I healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
780	MAT	9	31	y574		οἱ δὲ	1	But they	“But the two men did not do what Jesus told them to do. They”
781	MAT	9	31	y4b2		διεφήμισαν αὐτὸν	1	reported it	“told many people what had happened to them”
782	MAT	9	32	tya1			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the account of Jesus healing a demon-possessed man who could not speak and how people responded.
783	MAT	9	32	v9tr		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
784	MAT	9	32	sh32		κωφὸν	1	mute	not able to talk
785	MAT	9	32	n6fs	figs-activepassive	ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον	1	a mute, demon-possessed man	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a man who was mute and whom a demon had possessed” or “a man whom a demon was controlling and making him mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
786	MAT	9	33	d6zs	figs-activepassive	ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου	1	when the demon had been cast out	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after Jesus had forced the demon out” or “after Jesus had commanded the demon to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
787	MAT	9	33	r8ce		ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός	1	the mute man spoke	“the mute man began to speak” or “the man who had been mute spoke” or “the man, who was no longer mute, spoke”
788	MAT	9	33	d1lf		ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι	1	the crowds were astonished	“the people were amazed”
789	MAT	9	33	y4l5	figs-activepassive	οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως	1	Such as this has never been seen	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This has never happened before” or “No one has ever done anything like this before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
790	MAT	9	34	z2r7		ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια	1	he casts out the demons	“he forces demons to leave”
791	MAT	9	34	q623		ἐκβάλλει	1	he casts out	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus.
792	MAT	9	35	z6ya			0	General Information:	Verse 36 begins a new part of the story where Jesus teaches his disciples and sends them to preach and heal as he has done.
793	MAT	9	35	xpp4	writing-endofstory		0	Connecting Statement:	Verse 35 is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 8:1](../08/01.md) about Jesus’ healing ministry in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
794	MAT	9	35	x9ck	figs-hyperbole	τὰς πόλεις πάσας	1	all the cities	The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many cities Jesus went to. He did not necessarily go to every one of them. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
795	MAT	9	35	ehx5		πόλεις…κώμας	1	cities … villages	“large villages … small villages” or “large towns … small towns”
796	MAT	9	35	uz5e	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας	1	the gospel of the kingdom	Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [Matthew 4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
797	MAT	9	35	e7at		πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	every disease and every sickness	“every disease and every sickness.” The words **disease** and **sickness** are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. **Disease** is what causes a person to be sick. **Sickness** is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
798	MAT	9	36	t47i	figs-simile	ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	like sheep not having a shepherd	This simile means they did not have a leader to take care of them. Alternate translation: “as people without a leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
799	MAT	9	37	q95i			0	General Information:	Jesus uses a proverb about harvesting to tell his disciples how they should respond to the needs of the crowds mentioned in the previous section.
800	MAT	9	37	mur4	writing-proverbs	ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι	1	The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only few people to teach them God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
801	MAT	9	37	m6ke		ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς	1	The harvest is plentiful	“There is plenty of ripe food for someone to collect”
802	MAT	9	37	h3a2		ἐργάται	1	laborers	“workers”
803	MAT	9	38	vz8y		δεήθητε…τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	beg the Lord of the harvest	“pray to God, because he is in charge of the harvest”
804	MAT	10	intro	m5iu			0		# Matthew 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sending of the twelve disciples<br><br>Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the twelve disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven has come near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
805	MAT	10	1	nhp2			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus sending out his twelve disciples to do his work.
806	MAT	10	1	gjs9	translate-numbers	προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	having summoned his 12 disciples	“having summoned his twelve disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
807	MAT	10	1	x1er		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave them authority	Be sure that the text clearly communicates meaning of this **authority**: (1) Jesus gave it to them to drive out unclean spirits. (2) Jesus gave it to them to heal disease and sickness.
808	MAT	10	1	pq8k		ὥστε ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ	1	so as to cast them out	“in order to make the unclean spirits leave”
809	MAT	10	1	x29j		πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν	1	every disease and every sickness.	“every disease and every sickness.” The words **disease** and **sickness** are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. **Disease** is what causes a person to be sick. **Sickness** is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
810	MAT	10	2	yt7a			0	General Information:	Here the author provides the names of the twelve apostles as background information.
811	MAT	10	2	t59v	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
812	MAT	10	2	f1vu		τῶν…δώδεκα ἀποστόλων	1	of the 12 apostles	This is the same group as the “12 disciples” in [Matthew 10:1](../10/01.md).
813	MAT	10	2	sc7b	translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1	first	This is first in order, not in rank. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
814	MAT	10	3	g6eg		Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης	1	Matthew the tax collector	“Matthew, who was a tax collector”
815	MAT	10	4	n4st		ὁ Καναναῖος	1	the Zealot	This could mean: (1) The word **Zealot** is a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the patriot” or “the nationalist” (2) The word **Zealot** is a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the zealous one” or “the passionate one”
816	MAT	10	4	kmp2		ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν	1	who also betrayed him	“who would betray Jesus”
817	MAT	10	5	sn9v	figs-events		0	General Information:	Although verse 5 begins by saying that he sent out the twelve, Jesus gave these instructions before he sent them out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
818	MAT	10	5	aw5h			0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus begins to give instructions to his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
819	MAT	10	5	c46d		τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	These Twelve Jesus sent out	“Jesus sent out these twelve men” or “It was these twelve men whom Jesus sent out”
820	MAT	10	5	yix4		ἀπέστειλεν	1	sent out	Jesus sent them out for a particular purpose.
821	MAT	10	5	ryl4		παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς	1	having instructed them	“having told them what they needed to do” or “having commanded them”
822	MAT	10	6	q1pb	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	the lost sheep of the house of Israel	This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of **Israel** to **sheep** who have strayed from their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
823	MAT	10	6	b6i2	figs-metonymy	οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	of the house of Israel	This refers to the nation of **Israel**. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” or “of the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
824	MAT	10	7	uff2	figs-you	πορευόμενοι	1	as you are going	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
825	MAT	10	7	w59i	figs-metonymy	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens has come near	The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “Our God in the heavens will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
826	MAT	10	8	e13x			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
827	MAT	10	8	v5sp	figs-you	θεραπεύετε…ἐγείρετε…καθαρίζετε…ἐκβάλλετε…ἐλάβετε…δότε	1	Heal … raise … cleanse … and cast out … you have received … give	These verbs and pronouns are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
828	MAT	10	8	bb4d	figs-idiom	νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε	1	raise the dead	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
829	MAT	10	8	ilj9	figs-ellipsis	δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε	1	Freely you have received, freely give	Jesus did not state what the disciples had received or were to give. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. Here, **Freely** means that there was no payment. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received these things, freely give them to others” or “You received these things without paying, so give them to others without making them pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
830	MAT	10	8	ls6j	figs-metaphor	δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε	1	Freely you have received, freely give	Here, **received** is a metaphor that represents being made able to do things, and **give** is a metaphor that represents doing things for others. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received the ability to do these things, freely do them for others” or “Freely I have made you able to do these things, freely do them for others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
831	MAT	10	9	dw4i	figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	your	This refers to the twelve apostles and so is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
832	MAT	10	9	a4xx	figs-metonymy	χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν	1	gold, or silver, or copper	These are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money, so if the metals are unknown in your area, translate the list as “money.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
833	MAT	10	9	b4m7		τὰς ζώνας	1	purses	This means “belts” or “money belts,” but it can refer to whatever might be used to carry money. A belt is a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. It was often wide enough that it could be folded and used to carry money.
834	MAT	10	10	kia9		πήραν	1	a bag	This could either be any bag used to carry things on a journey, or a bag used by someone to collect food or money.
835	MAT	10	10	i2ex		δύο χιτῶνας	1	two tunics	Use the same word you used for “tunic” in [Matthew 5:40](../05/40.md).
836	MAT	10	10	ei4d		ὁ ἐργάτης	1	a laborer	a worker
837	MAT	10	10	m97h	figs-synecdoche	τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ	1	of his food	Here, **food** refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: “of what he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
838	MAT	10	11	dk1r			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go out to preach.
839	MAT	10	11	b7ig		εἰς ἣν δ’ ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε	1	But whatever city or village you might enter into	“But whenever you enter a city or village” or “But when you go into any city or village”
840	MAT	10	11	p4ln		πόλιν…κώμην	1	city … village	“large village … small village” or “large town … small town.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md).
841	MAT	10	11	r7kj	figs-you	εἰσέλθητε	1	you might enter	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
842	MAT	10	11	c3uf		ἄξιός	1	worthy	A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples.
843	MAT	10	11	a41d	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε	1	and stay there until you might leave	The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and stay in that person’s house until you leave the town or village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
844	MAT	10	12	n6cm	figs-metonymy	εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν	1	But entering into the house, greet it	The phrase **greet it** means greet the **house**. A common greeting in those days was “Peace be to this house!” Here, **house** represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
845	MAT	10	12	k1xk	figs-you	εἰσερχόμενοι	1	entering	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
846	MAT	10	13	qip2	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your … your	These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
847	MAT	10	13	kc9m	figs-metonymy	μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	1	the house might be worthy … it might not be worthy	Here, **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is not worthy, a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
848	MAT	10	13	q75a	figs-metonymy	ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	let your peace come upon it	The word **it** refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “let them receive your peace” or “let them receive the peace that you greeted them with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
849	MAT	10	13	ha8f	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	2	if it might not be worthy	The word **it** means the house, and “house” refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
850	MAT	10	13	my3y		ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω	1	let your peace return to you	This could mean: (1) If the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household. (2) If the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
851	MAT	10	14	yn9k			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
852	MAT	10	14	m8e9		καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ	1	And whoever might not receive you nor listen to	“And if no people in that house or city will receive you or listen to”
853	MAT	10	14	w5py	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν	1	you … your	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
854	MAT	10	14	z826	figs-metonymy	ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν	1	listen to your words	Here, **words** refers to what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “listen to your message” or “listen to what you have to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
855	MAT	10	14	hi3i		πόλεως	1	city	You should translate this the same way you did in [Matthew 10:11](../10/11.md).
856	MAT	10	14	i5mc	translate-symaction	ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν	1	shake off the dust from your feet	“shake the dust off your feet as you leave.” This is a sign that God has rejected the people of that house or city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
857	MAT	10	15	pk4f		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
858	MAT	10	15	d6ib		ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται	1	it will be more tolerable	“the suffering will be less”
859	MAT	10	15	sg3c	figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων	1	for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah	This refers to the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
860	MAT	10	15	zmm2	figs-metonymy	τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	for that city	This refers to the people in the **city** that does not receive the apostles or listen to their message. Alternate translation: “for the people of the city that does not receive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
861	MAT	10	16	lf4i			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples. Here he begins to tell them about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
862	MAT	10	16	ggp6		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The word **Behold** here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
863	MAT	10	16	c9bi		ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς	1	I send you out	Jesus is sending them out for a particular purpose.
864	MAT	10	16	b262	figs-simile	ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	as sheep in the midst of wolves	Sheep are defenseless animals that **wolves** often attack. Jesus is stating that people may harm the disciples. Alternate translation: “as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “as sheep among people who act the way dangerous animals act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
865	MAT	10	16	s21a	figs-simile	γίνεσθε…φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί	1	be wise as the serpents and harmless as the doves	Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious and harmless among the people. If comparing the disciples to **serpents** or **doves** is confusing, it might be better not to state the similes. Alternate translation: “act with understanding and caution, as well as with innocence and virtue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
866	MAT	10	17	a55q	grammar-connect-words-phrases	προσέχετε δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων; παραδώσουσιν γὰρ ὑμᾶς	1	But watch out for men, for they will deliver you up	You can translate with “because” to show how these two statements relate. Alternate translation: “But watch out for people because they will deliver you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
867	MAT	10	17	csc4		παραδώσουσιν…ὑμᾶς εἰς	1	they will deliver you up to	“they will put you under the control of”
868	MAT	10	17	fct4		συνέδρια	1	councils	local religious leaders or elders who together keep peace in the community
869	MAT	10	17	gs2d		μαστιγώσουσιν ὑμᾶς	1	they will whip you	“beat you with a whip”
870	MAT	10	18	pe3d	figs-activepassive	καὶ…ἀχθήσεσθε	1	you will even be brought	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they will even bring you” or “they will even drag you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
871	MAT	10	18	p74k		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	“because you belong to me” or “because you follow me”
872	MAT	10	18	u5wc		αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	to them and to the Gentiles	The pronoun **them** refers either to the “governors and kings” or to the Jewish accusers.
873	MAT	10	19	ksi4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
874	MAT	10	19	e5t6		ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς	1	But when they may deliver you up	“But when people take you to the councils.” Here, **they** are the same people as in [Matthew 10:17](../10/17.md).
875	MAT	10	19	qcs3	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…μὴ μεριμνήσητε…λαλήσητε…δοθήσεται…ὑμῖν…λαλήσητε	1	you … you should not be anxious about … you should speak … you should say will be given to you	All instances of **you** are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
876	MAT	10	19	qzd2		μὴ μεριμνήσητε	1	you should not be anxious about	“you should not worry about”
877	MAT	10	19	ien3	figs-hendiadys	πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε	1	how or what you should speak	“how you are to speak or what you are to say.” The two ideas may be combined: “what you are to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
878	MAT	10	19	l7rb	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε	1	for what you should say will be given to you in that hour	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for at that time, the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
879	MAT	10	19	cm7h	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	in that hour	Here, **hour** means “right then.” Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
880	MAT	10	20	yuk1	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν	1	you … your … you	These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
881	MAT	10	20	v9tm		τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	the Spirit of your Father	If necessary, You can translate this as “the Spirit of God your heavenly Father” or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.
882	MAT	10	20	k3xr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	of your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
883	MAT	10	20	zxd8		ἐν ὑμῖν	1	in you	“through you”
884	MAT	10	21	i8q5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
885	MAT	10	21	p9ms		παραδώσει δὲ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	Brother will deliver up brother to death	“But a brother will deliver up his own brother to death” or “But brothers will deliver up their brothers to death.” Jesus speaks of something that will happen many times.
886	MAT	10	21	lh6z	figs-abstractnouns	παραδώσει…ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	will deliver up brother to death	The abstract noun **death** can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “hand brother over to authorties who will execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
887	MAT	10	21	p8w9	figs-ellipsis	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	a father his child	These words can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
888	MAT	10	21	xja9		ἐπαναστήσονται…ἐπὶ	1	will rise up against	“will rebel against” or “will turn against”
889	MAT	10	21	xf2d		θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1	put them to death	“have them put to death” or “have the authorities execute them”
890	MAT	10	22	sp6p	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by everyone	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” or “all people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
891	MAT	10	22	va6i	figs-you	ἔσεσθε	1	you will be	This is plural and refers to the twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
892	MAT	10	22	n3xn	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
893	MAT	10	22	k5w9		ὁ…ὑπομείνας	1	the one who endures	“whoever stays faithful”
894	MAT	10	22	j71i		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	It is not clear whether the **end** means when a person dies, when the persecution ends, or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
895	MAT	10	22	qn7j	figs-activepassive	οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	he will be saved	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will deliver that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
896	MAT	10	23	m42z		ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ	1	in this city	Here, **this** does not refer to a specific city. Alternate translation: “in one city”
897	MAT	10	23	jjd4		φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν	1	flee to the next	“flee to the next city”
898	MAT	10	23	gk1s		ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
899	MAT	10	23	dk4u	figs-123person	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
900	MAT	10	23	tm8z		ἔλθῃ	1	may come	“arrives”
901	MAT	10	24	uv9r			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
902	MAT	10	24	p8mr	writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	A disciple is not above his teacher, nor a slave above his master	Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
903	MAT	10	24	syb2		οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	A disciple is not above his teacher	“A disciple is always less important than his teacher” or “A teacher is always more important than his disciple”
904	MAT	10	24	nc3e		οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ	1	nor a slave above his master	“and a slave is always less important than his master” or “and a master is always more important than his slave”
905	MAT	10	25	e2ae		ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ	1	It is enough for the disciple that he might be like his teacher	“The disciple should be satisfied to become like his teacher”
906	MAT	10	25	t7jp	figs-explicit	γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ	1	he might be like his teacher	If necessary, you can make explicit how the disciple becomes like the **teacher**. Alternate translation: “he might know as much as his teacher knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
907	MAT	10	25	e6z3	figs-explicit	ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	the slave like his master	If necessary, you can make explicit how the slave becomes like the master. Alternate translation: “the slave should be satisfied to become only as important as his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
908	MAT	10	25	u355		εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	If they called the master of the house Beelzebul, how much worse the members of his household	Again Jesus is emphasizing that since people have mistreated him, his disciples should expect people to treat them the same or worse.
909	MAT	10	25	bg2l		πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	how much worse the members of his household	“the names that they call the members of his household will certainly be much worse” or “they will certainly call the members of his household much worse names”
910	MAT	10	25	cp96		εἰ…ἐπεκάλεσαν	1	If they called	“Since people have called”
911	MAT	10	25	pu5y	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην	1	the master of the house	Jesus is using this as a metaphor for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
912	MAT	10	25	y5md		Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	This name can either translated as follows: (1) It can be transcribed directly as “Beelzebul.” (2) It can be translated with its original, intended meaning of “Satan.”
913	MAT	10	25	r5ll	figs-metaphor	τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	the members of his household	This is a metaphor for Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
914	MAT	10	26	zb2j			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
915	MAT	10	26	twv2		μὴ…φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς	1	do not fear them	Here, **them** refers to the people who mistreat followers of Jesus.
916	MAT	10	26	x4o8	figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known	Both of these statements mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
917	MAT	10	26	xqs4	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known	Being concealed or hidden represents being kept secret, and being revealed represents being made known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
918	MAT	10	26	j86e	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known	Jesus is emphasizing that God will make all things known. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal the things that people hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
919	MAT	10	27	fa1s	figs-parallelism	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight, and what you hear in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell people in the daylight what I tell you in the darkness, and proclaim upon the housetops what you hear softly in your ear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
920	MAT	10	27	kw75	figs-metonymy	ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί	1	What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight	Here, **darkness** is a metonym for “night” which is a metonym for “private.” Here, **daylight** is a metonym for “public.” Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately at night, say in public in the day light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
921	MAT	10	27	fc49	figs-idiom	ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε	1	what you hear in your ear	This is a way of referring to whispering. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
922	MAT	10	27	t9u9	figs-metonymy	κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	proclaim upon the housetops	Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people far away could hear anyone speaking with a loud voice. Here, **housetops** refers to any place where all people can hear. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place for all to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
923	MAT	10	28	s6wq			0	General Information:	Here Jesus also begins to give reasons why his disciples should not be afraid of the persecution they might experience.
924	MAT	10	28	p3fn			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go to preach.
925	MAT	10	28	fb29	figs-distinguish	μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι	1	do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are not able to kill the soul	This is not distinguishing between people who cannot kill the soul and people who can **kill the soul**. No person can kill the soul. Alternate translation: “do not be afraid of people. They can kill the body, but they cannot kill the soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
926	MAT	10	28	lc56		τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα	1	those who kill the body	This means to cause physical death. If these words are awkward, they can be translated as “those who kill you” or “those who kill people.”
927	MAT	10	28	ei7y		τὸ σῶμα	1	the body	the part of a person that can be touched, as opposed to the soul or spirit
928	MAT	10	28	e4de		τὴν…ψυχὴν…ἀποκτεῖναι	1	to kill the soul	This means to harm people after they have physically died.
929	MAT	10	28	e76n		τὴν…ψυχὴν	1	the soul	the part of a person that cannot be touched and that lives on after the physical body dies
930	MAT	10	28	pk7k	grammar-connect-words-phrases	φοβεῖσθε δὲ μᾶλλον τὸν δυνάμενον	1	But instead, fear the one who is able	You can add “because” to clarify why people should fear God. Alternate translation: “But instead, fear God because he is able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
931	MAT	10	29	tm3s	writing-proverbs	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται?	1	Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion?	Jesus states this proverb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
932	MAT	10	29	glbl	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται?	1	Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion?	Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Think about the sparrows. They have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
933	MAT	10	29	q22l	translate-unknown	στρουθία	1	sparrows	These are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
934	MAT	10	29	i399		ἀσσαρίου	1	for an assarion	This is often translated as the least valuable coin available in your country. It refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. Alternate translation: “very little money”
935	MAT	10	29	wxt4	figs-doublenegatives	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	not one of them will fall to the ground without the knowledge of your Father	You can state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
936	MAT	10	29	fe8z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	of your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
937	MAT	10	30	cih3	figs-activepassive	ὑμῶν…καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν	1	even the hairs of your head are all numbered	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God knows even how many hairs are on your head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
938	MAT	10	30	nb7b		ἠριθμημέναι	1	numbered	“counted”
939	MAT	10	31	n2tz		πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς	1	you are more valuable than many sparrows	“God values you more than many sparrows”
940	MAT	10	32	jtw9			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
941	MAT	10	32	ntt9		πᾶς…ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ…ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	everyone who confesses in me … I will also confess in him	“whoever confesses me … I will also confess” or “if anyone confesses me … I will also confess him”
942	MAT	10	32	yj44		ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	will confess in me before men	“tells others that he is my disciple” or “acknowledges before other people that he is loyal to me”
943	MAT	10	32	j4dh	figs-ellipsis	ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	I will also confess in him before my Father who is in the heavens	You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will also acknowledge before my Father who is in the heavens that that person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
944	MAT	10	32	kdd2		τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	my Father who is in the heavens	“my heavenly Father”
945	MAT	10	32	n1nb	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
946	MAT	10	33	sx8g		ὅστις…ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με…ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν	1	whoever would deny me … I will also deny him	“whoever denies me … I will also deny” or “if anyone denies me … I will also deny him”
947	MAT	10	33	d15s		ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	would deny me before men	“denies to other people that he is loyal to me” or “refuses to acknowledge to others that he is my disciple”
948	MAT	10	33	cnu3	figs-ellipsis	ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	I will also deny him before my Father who is in the heavens	You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will deny before my Father who is in the heavens that this person belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
949	MAT	10	34	bx73			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
950	MAT	10	34	rrp3		μὴ νομίσητε	1	Do not think	“Do not suppose” or “You must not think”
951	MAT	10	34	l5ad	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	upon the earth	This refers to the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
952	MAT	10	34	jq6d	figs-metonymy	μάχαιραν	1	a sword	This refers to division, fighting, and killing among people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
953	MAT	10	35	xx5m		διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ	1	to set a man against	“to cause a man to fight against”
954	MAT	10	35	k18y		ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	a man against his father	“a son against his father”
955	MAT	10	36	lhc2		ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	the enemies of a man	“a person’s enemies” or “a person’s worst enemies”
956	MAT	10	36	g166		οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	will be those of his own household	“will be the members of his own family”
957	MAT	10	37	ju1k			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
958	MAT	10	37	az6t		ὁ φιλῶν	1	The one loving	The word **loving** here refers to “brotherly love” or “love from a friend.” Alternate translation: “The one caring for” or “The one who is devoted to” or “The one who is fond of”
959	MAT	10	37	fb3p		μου ἄξιος	1	worthy of me	“deserve to belong to me” or “worthy to be my disciple”
960	MAT	10	38	ye95	figs-metonymy	οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου	1	does not take up his cross and follow after me	“does not carry his cross and follow me.” The **cross** represents suffering and death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
961	MAT	10	38	xesp	figs-metaphor	οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου	1	does not take up his cross and follow after me	Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
962	MAT	10	38	ai2r		οὐ λαμβάνει	1	does not take up	“does not pick up and carry”
963	MAT	10	39	u4jh	writing-proverbs	ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	The one who found his life will lose it, and the one who lost his life for my sake will find it	Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. This should be translated with as few words as possible. Alternate translation: “Those who find their lives will lose them. But those who lose their lives for my sake will find them” or “If you find your life you will lose it. But if you lose your life because of me, you will find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
964	MAT	10	39	jwf2	figs-metaphor	ὁ εὑρὼν	1	The one who found	This is a metaphor for “keeps” or “saves.” Alternate translation: “The one who tried to keep” or “The one who tried to save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
965	MAT	10	39	pbf3	figs-metaphor	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	will lose it	This does not mean the person will die. It is a metaphor that means the person will not experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will not have true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
966	MAT	10	39	i3x4	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	the one who lost his life	This does not mean to die. It is a metaphor that means a person considers obeying Jesus more important than his own life. Alternate translation: “the one who denied himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
967	MAT	10	39	hz7r		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	“because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me.” This is the same idea as “for my sake” in [Matthew 10:18](../10/18.md).
968	MAT	10	39	g2c8	figs-metaphor	εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	will find it	This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
969	MAT	10	40	u2wq			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
970	MAT	10	40	asg3		ὁ δεχόμενος	1	The one receiving	“Whoever receives” or “Anyone who receives” or “The one who welcomes”
971	MAT	10	40	c77e		ὁ δεχόμενος	1	The one receiving	This means to receive someone as a guest.
972	MAT	10	40	ir49	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	you	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles to whom Jesus is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
973	MAT	10	40	pf1j		ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	The one receiving you receives me	Jesus means that when someone receives you, it is like receiving him. Alternate translation: “When someone receives you, it is like he is receiving me” or “If someone welcomes you, it is as if he were welcoming me”
974	MAT	10	40	y9ck		ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one receiving me receives the one who sent me	This means that when someone receives Jesus, it is like receiving God. Alternate translation: “when someone receives me, it is like he is receiving God the Father who sent me” or “if someone welcomes me, it is as if he were welcoming God the Father who sent me”
975	MAT	10	41	f9pv		εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου	1	in the name of a prophet	“because he is a prophet”
976	MAT	10	41	yj1q		μισθὸν προφήτου	1	a reward of a prophet	This refers to the **reward** that God gives the **prophet**, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.
977	MAT	10	41	x483		εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου	1	in the name of a righteous man	“because he is a righteous man”
978	MAT	10	41	qfv7		μισθὸν δικαίου	1	a reward of a righteous man	This refers to the **reward** God gives to **a righteous** person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
979	MAT	10	42	wx4a			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes instructing his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
980	MAT	10	42	v6jg		ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ	1	whoever might give … to drink	“anyone who gives … to drink”
981	MAT	10	42	z8tk		ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	to one of these little ones	“to one of these lowly ones” or “to the least important of these.” The phrase **one of these** here refers to one of Jesus’ disciples.
982	MAT	10	42	lza6		εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ	1	in the name of a disciple	“because he is my disciple”
983	MAT	10	42	wx29		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
984	MAT	10	42	y1ie		οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ	1	he may certainly not lose his reward	Here, **he** and **his** refer to the one who is giving.
985	MAT	10	42	d61l		οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ	1	he may certainly not lose	“God will not deny him.” This has nothing to do with having a possession taken away. You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly give him”
986	MAT	11	intro	puf4			0		# Matthew 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.<br><br>Some scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hidden revelation<br><br>After [Matthew 11:20](../../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../../mat/11/25.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven is near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase **at hand**, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
987	MAT	11	1	z2y7	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
988	MAT	11	1	dr3u		καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	It came about that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And when” or “After”
989	MAT	11	1	ki7f		ἐτέλεσεν…διατάσσων	1	had finished giving orders	“had finished teaching” or “had finished commanding”
990	MAT	11	1	m6h5	translate-numbers	τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ	1	to his 12 disciples	This refers to the 12 chosen apostles of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
991	MAT	11	1	ju1q		ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν	1	in their cities	Here, **their** refers to all the Jews in general.
992	MAT	11	2	n2dc		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
993	MAT	11	2	f3j7		ὁ…Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ	1	John, having heard in the prison about	“John, who was in prison, heard about” or “someone told John, who was in prison, about.” Even though Matthew has not yet told the readers that King Herod put **John** the Baptist in jail, the original audience would have been familiar with the story and understood the implicit information here. Matthew will give more information later about John the Baptist, so it is probably best not to make it explicit here.
994	MAT	11	2	xre1		πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	having sent through his disciples	John the Baptist sent his own **disciples** with a message to Jesus.
995	MAT	11	3	w2im		εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	said to him	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus.
996	MAT	11	3	q89t		σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	Are you the one coming	“Are you the one whom we are expecting to come.” This is another way to refer to the Messiah or Christ.
997	MAT	11	3	hrk5		ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν?	1	are we expecting another?	“should we be expecting someone else?” The pronoun **we** refers to all Jews, not only John’s disciples.
998	MAT	11	4	a66r		ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ	1	report to John	“tell John”
999	MAT	11	5	sd6c	figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	lepers are cleansed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am healing lepers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1000	MAT	11	5	v274	figs-idiom	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	the dead are raised	Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “people who have died are being caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1001	MAT	11	5	k796	figs-activepassive	νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται	1	the dead are raised	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am causing those who have died to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1002	MAT	11	5	g3k4	figs-activepassive	πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	the poor are being told the gospel	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am preaching good news to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1003	MAT	11	5	l443	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοὶ	1	the poor	This nominalized adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1004	MAT	11	7	g2q8			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1005	MAT	11	7	ysq6	figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	What did you go out in the wilderness to see—a reed being shaken by the wind?	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1006	MAT	11	7	pc6c	figs-metaphor	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	a reed being shaken by the wind	This could mean: (1) Jesus be referring the literal plants by the Jordan River. (2) Jesus is using a metaphor to mean a kind of person. Alternate translation: “a man who easily changes his mind and is like a reed blowing back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1007	MAT	11	7	w269	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	being shaken by the wind	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “swaying in the wind” or “blowing in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1008	MAT	11	8	n5hx	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	But what did you go out to see—a man dressed in soft clothing?	Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man dressed in soft clothing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1009	MAT	11	8	y24r		ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον	1	dressed in soft clothing	“wearing expensive clothing.” Rich people wore this kind of **clothing**.
1010	MAT	11	8	tmb9		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	This word adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
1011	MAT	11	8	v9k2		τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων	1	the houses of kings	“kings’ palaces”
1012	MAT	11	9	cgm4			0	General Information:	In verse 10, Jesus quotes the prophet Malachi to show that the life and ministry of John the Baptist fulfilled prophecy.
1013	MAT	11	9	w9su			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1014	MAT	11	9	gm97	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν	1	But what did you go out to see—a prophet?	Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1015	MAT	11	9	nkd4		ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Yes, I say to you	“I say to you yes,”
1016	MAT	11	9	fb75	figs-ellipsis	περισσότερον προφήτου	1	much more than a prophet	You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “he is not an ordinary prophet” or “he is more important than a normal prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1017	MAT	11	10	de17	figs-activepassive	οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται	1	This is he concerning whom it has been written	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the prophet Malachi wrote long ago about John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1018	MAT	11	10	ql5h		ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου	1	I am sending my messenger	The pronouns **I** and **my** refer to God. Malachi is quoting what God said.
1019	MAT	11	10	fi5e	figs-you	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	before your face	Here, **your** is singular, because God was speaking to the Messiah in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1020	MAT	11	10	hay7	figs-synecdoche	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	before your face	Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in front of you” or “to go ahead of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1021	MAT	11	10	kva7	figs-metaphor	κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	will prepare your way before you	This is a metaphor that means the messenger **will prepare** the people to receive the Messiah’s message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1022	MAT	11	11	c7pp			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1023	MAT	11	11	j7gw		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1024	MAT	11	11	z5yq	figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	among those born of women	Even though Adam was not born of a women, this is a way of referring to all humans. Alternate translation: “out of all people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1025	MAT	11	11	q2kp		οὐκ ἐγήγερται…μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	there has not arisen one greater than John the Baptist	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist is the greatest” or “John the Baptist is the most important”
1026	MAT	11	11	cag4	figs-metonymy	ὁ…μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the least important in the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. If possible, try to keep “heavens” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important person under the rule of our God in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1027	MAT	11	11	p5ir		μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	is greater than he	“is more important than John is”
1028	MAT	11	12	mb4v		ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ	1	But from the days of John the Baptist	“But from the time John began preaching his message.” The word **days** probably refers here to a period of months or even years.
1029	MAT	11	12	inr2		ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν	1	the kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and violent men take it by force	There are various possible interpretations of this verse. The UST assumes that it means that some people want to use God’s kingdom for their own selfish purposes, and that they are willing to use **force** against other people to accomplish this. Other versions assume a positive interpretation, that the call to enter the kingdom of God has become so urgent, that people must act in an extreme manner in order to answer that call and to resist the temptation to sin further. A third interpretation is that violent people are harming God’s people and trying to stop God from ruling.
1030	MAT	11	13	v3el			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1031	MAT	11	13	g1i6	figs-metonymy	πάντες…οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν	1	all the prophets and the law have prophesied until John	Here, **the prophets and the law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1032	MAT	11	14	yg2f	figs-you	εἰ θέλετε	1	if you are willing	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1033	MAT	11	14	e68u		αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι	1	he is Elijah who is about to come	The word **he** refers to John the Baptist. This does not mean John the Baptist is literally **Elijah**. Jesus means John the Baptist fulfills the prophecy about Elijah, “who is about to come” or the next Elijah. Alternate translation: “when the prophet Malachi said that Elijah would return, he was speaking about John the Baptist”
1034	MAT	11	15	z97x	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears to hear, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1035	MAT	11	15	w4cc	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1036	MAT	11	16	q1s5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1037	MAT	11	16	mp8g	figs-rquestion	τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην?	1	But to what will I compare this generation?	Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people of that day and what children might say in the marketplace. Alternate translation: “But this is what this generation is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1038	MAT	11	16	yat1		τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην	1	this generation	“the people living now” or “these people” or “you people of this generation”
1039	MAT	11	16	l7km		ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	the marketplace	a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items
1040	MAT	11	17	wn37			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues the parable that begins with the words “It is like” in verse 16.
1041	MAT	11	17	ai4e	figs-parables	λέγουσιν…οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	saying … you did not weep	Jesus uses a parable to describe the people who were alive at that time. He compares them to a group of children who are trying to get the other children to play with them. However, no matter way they do, the other children will not join them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1042	MAT	11	17	rbzf	figs-simile	λέγουσιν…οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	saying … you did not weep	Jesus means that it does not matter if God sends someone like John the Baptist, who lives in the desert and fasts, or someone like Jesus, who celebrates with sinners and does not fast. The people, most specifically the Pharisees and religious leaders, still remain stubborn and refuse to accept God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1043	MAT	11	17	d916	figs-you	ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν	1	We played a flute for you	**We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here, **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1044	MAT	11	17	j5jd		καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε	1	and you did not dance	“but you did not dance to the happy music”
1045	MAT	11	17	t723	figs-explicit	ἐθρηνήσαμεν	1	We mourned	This means they sang sad songs like women did at funerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1046	MAT	11	17	f87l		καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε	1	and you did not weep	“but you did not cry with us”
1047	MAT	11	18	svc9			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes talking to the crowds about John the Baptist.
1048	MAT	11	18	qe7y	figs-explicit	μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων	1	neither eating nor drinking	This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol” or “not eating fancy food and not drinking wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1049	MAT	11	18	p4ql	figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει.	1	they say, ‘He has a demon.’	You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” or “they accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1050	MAT	11	18	kd4q		λέγουσιν	1	they say	All occurrences of **they** refer to the people of that generation, and most specifically to the Pharisees and religious leaders.
1051	MAT	11	19	iwk8	figs-123person	ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man came	Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1052	MAT	11	19	gs6z		ἦλθεν…ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων	1	came eating and drinking	This is the opposite of John’s behavior. This means more than just consuming the normal amount of food and drink. It means Jesus celebrated and enjoyed good food and drink like other people did.
1053	MAT	11	19	x4ec	figs-quotations	λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν!	1	they say, ‘Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!’	You can translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” or “they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being a friends of tax collectors and sinners.” Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1054	MAT	11	19	cqv7	figs-123person	λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν!	1	they say, ‘Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!	If you translated “The Son of Man” as “I, the Son of man,” you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard and a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1055	MAT	11	19	d6gu		ἄνθρωπος, φάγος	1	a man, a glutton	“he is a greedy eater” or “he continually eats too much food”
1056	MAT	11	19	pv4n		οἰνοπότης	1	a drunkard	“a drunk” or “he continually drinks too much alcohol”
1057	MAT	11	19	vwk4	writing-proverbs	καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	But wisdom has been justified by her children	This is a proverb that Jesus applies to this situation, because the people who rejected both him and John were not being wise. Jesus and John the Baptist are the wise ones, and the results of their deeds prove it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1058	MAT	11	19	dz3c	figs-personification	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom has been justified by her children	Here, **wisdom** is described as a woman who is proven to be right by what she does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1059	MAT	11	19	o3zh	figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom has been justified by her children	Jesus means that the results of a wise person’s actions prove that he is truly wise. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the results of a wise person’s deeds prove that he is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1060	MAT	11	20	bwq8			0	General Information:	Jesus begins to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.
1061	MAT	11	20	w4g8	figs-metonymy	ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις	1	to rebuke the cities	Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “rebuke the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1062	MAT	11	20	fxs4		πόλεις	1	cities	“towns”
1063	MAT	11	20	t51a	figs-activepassive	ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ	1	in which most of his miracles were done	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1064	MAT	11	20	wh1g		αἱ…δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ	1	his miracles	“his mighty works” or “his works of power”
1065	MAT	11	21	xxb3	figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida** were there listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
1066	MAT	11	21	tv81	figs-you	οὐαί σοι	1	Woe to you	“How terrible it will be for you.” Here, **you** is singular and refers to the city. If it is more natural to refer to the people instead of a city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1067	MAT	11	21	y9d3	figs-metonymy	Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ…Σιδῶνι	1	Chorazin … Bethsaida … Tyre … Sidon	The names of these cities are used as metonyms for the people living in these cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1068	MAT	11	21	lh46	figs-hypo	εἰ…αἱ δυνάμεις…πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ	1	if the miracles … they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1069	MAT	11	21	tm59	figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	if the miracles had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you	You can translate this with active forms. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1070	MAT	11	21	k3in	figs-you	αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	which were done in you	Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual **you** to refer to the two cities, or a plural **you** to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1071	MAT	11	21	bqi8		πάλαι…μετενόησαν	1	they would have repented long ago	The pronoun **they** refers to the people of Tyre and Sidon.
1072	MAT	11	21	qx9m		μετενόησαν	1	they would have repented	“they would have shown they were sorry for their sins”
1073	MAT	11	22	mr18	figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν	1	it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you	Here, **Tyre and Sidon** refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely at the day of judgment than the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1074	MAT	11	22	ab14	figs-you	ἢ ὑμῖν	1	than for you	Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1075	MAT	11	22	ibpo	figs-explicit	ἢ ὑμῖν	1	than for you	The implied information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1076	MAT	11	23	udw1			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.
1077	MAT	11	23	vpz6	figs-you	καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down to Hades. For if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until today	The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1078	MAT	11	23	l8h3	figs-apostrophe	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	you, Capernaum	Jesus now speaks to the people in the city of **Capernaum** as if they were listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
1079	MAT	11	23	fj7d	figs-metonymy	Καφαρναούμ…Σοδόμοις	1	Capernaum … Sodom	The names of these cities refer to the people living in Capernaum and in Sodom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1080	MAT	11	23	aa7t	figs-activepassive	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	“do you think you will be raised up to heaven?” You can state this in active form: Alternate translation: “God will not raise you up to heaven, will he?” or “the praise of other people will not raise you up to heaven, will it?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1081	MAT	11	23	nddz	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride. You can state this in active form: Alternate translation: “God will not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1082	MAT	11	23	d54d	figs-activepassive	ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	You will be brought down to Hades	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will send you down to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1083	MAT	11	23	vk57	figs-hypo	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον	1	For if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until today	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1084	MAT	11	23	z279	figs-activepassive	εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί	1	if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1085	MAT	11	23	e2t7		δυνάμεις	1	miracles	“mighty works” or “works of power”
1086	MAT	11	23	yih1		ἔμεινεν	1	it would have remained	The pronoun **it** refers to the city of Sodom.
1087	MAT	11	24	y1e3		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1088	MAT	11	24	e3pa	figs-metonymy	γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί	1	it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you	Here, **land of Sodom** refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Sodom in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely in the day of judgment than the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1089	MAT	11	24	yk3z	figs-explicit	ἢ σοί	1	than for you	The implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1090	MAT	11	25	f57a			0	General Information:	In verses 25 and 26, Jesus prays to his heavenly Father while still in the presence of the crowd. In verse 27, he begins to address the people again.
1091	MAT	11	25	h5x4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1092	MAT	11	25	u9cy	figs-merism	Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Lord of heaven and earth	“Lord who rules over heaven and earth.” The phrase **heaven and earth** is a merism that refers to all people and things in the universe. Alternate translation: “Lord who rules over the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1093	MAT	11	25	p1gl		ἔκρυψας ταῦτα…καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ	1	you concealed these things … and revealed them	It is not clear what is meant by **these things**. If your language needs to specify what is meant, an alternative translation might be best. Alternate translation: “you concealed these truths … and revealed them”
1094	MAT	11	25	lk8f		ἔκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ	1	you concealed these things from	“you hid these things from” or “you have not made these things known to.” The verb **concealed** is the opposite of “revealed.”
1095	MAT	11	25	qw5c	figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	from the wise and discerning	These nominal adjectives can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “from people who are wise and who discern” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1096	MAT	11	25	las9	figs-irony	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	the wise and discerning	Jesus is using irony. He does not think these people are really **wise and discerning**. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and discerning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1097	MAT	11	25	uwu5		ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ	1	revealed them	“made them known.” The pronoun **them** refers to “these things” earlier in this verse.
1098	MAT	11	25	b6w5	figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	to little children	Jesus compares ignorant people to **little children**. Jesus is emphasizing that many of those who believe him either are not well educated or do not think of themselves as wise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1099	MAT	11	26	qp7t	figs-metonymy	ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	for thus it was well-pleasing in your sight	The phrase **in your sight** is a metonym that stands for how a person considers something. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1100	MAT	11	27	yk5w	figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	All things have been entrusted to me from my Father	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has entrusted all things to me” or “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1101	MAT	11	27	gd67		πάντα	1	All things	This could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus. (2) God has given all authority to Jesus.
1102	MAT	11	27	j3vk	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1103	MAT	11	27	s1as		οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	no one knows the Son except the Father	“only the Father knows the Son”
1104	MAT	11	27	rt5b		οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει	1	no one knows	The word **knows** here means more than just being acquainted with someone. It means knowing somoene intimately because of having a special relationship with him.
1105	MAT	11	27	esp4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	the Son	Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1106	MAT	11	27	l8xe	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	the Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1107	MAT	11	27	w6yq		οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς	1	no one knows the Father except the Son	“only the Son knows the Father”
1108	MAT	11	28	q9x1			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
1109	MAT	11	28	x978	figs-you	πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	all you who are laboring and are heavy burdened, and I will give you rest	Both occurrences of **you** are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1110	MAT	11	28	t2jj	figs-metaphor	οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι	1	who are laboring and are heavy burdened	Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were **heavy** burdens and the people were **laboring** to carry them. Alternate translation: “who are discouraged from trying so hard” or “who are discouraged from trying so hard to obey the laws perfectly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1111	MAT	11	28	f1w4		κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς	1	and I will give you rest	“and I will allow you to rest from your labor and burden”
1112	MAT	11	29	q1ya	figs-metaphor	ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	Take my yoke on you	Jesus continues the metaphor. Jesus is inviting the people to become his disciples and follow him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1113	MAT	11	29	t1rh	figs-doublet	πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	I am gentle and humble in heart	Here, **gentle** and **humble in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he will be much kinder than the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “I am gentle and humble” or “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1114	MAT	11	29	i3qs	figs-metonymy	ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	humble in heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1115	MAT	11	29	s0tr	figs-idiom	ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	humble in heart	The phrase **humble in heart** is an idiom that means “humble.” Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1116	MAT	11	29	i3ls	figs-synecdoche	εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν	1	you will find rest for your souls	Here, **souls** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “you will find rest for yourselves” or “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1117	MAT	11	30	ynf1	figs-parallelism	ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	For my yoke is easy and my burden is light	Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1118	MAT	11	30	tc2g		τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν	1	my burden is light	The word **light** here is the opposite of heavy, not the opposite of dark.
1119	MAT	12	intro	y7z6			0		# Matthew 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Sabbath<br><br>This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers and sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
1120	MAT	12	1	u1f2			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry. Here, the Pharisees criticize his disciples for picking grain on the Sabbath.
1121	MAT	12	1	m2n1		ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	At that time	This marks a new part of the story. Alternate translation: “A little later”
1122	MAT	12	1	tvt9	translate-unknown	τῶν σπορίμων	1	the grainfields	This is a place to plant grain. If wheat is unknown and “grain” is too general, then you can use “fields of the plant they made bread from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1123	MAT	12	1	yrf8		τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	to pluck heads of grain and to eat them	Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
1124	MAT	12	1	zz4r		τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν	1	to pluck heads of grain and to eat them	“to pick some of the wheat and to eat it” or “to pick some of the grain and to eat it”
1125	MAT	12	1	y5vr		στάχυας	1	heads of grain	This is the topmost part of the wheat plant. It holds the mature grain or seeds of the plant.
1126	MAT	12	2	swl7		ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	do what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath	Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.
1127	MAT	12	2	mch7		οἱ…Φαρισαῖοι	1	the Pharisees	This does not mean all of **the Pharisees**. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees”
1128	MAT	12	2	nh12		ἰδοὺ, οἱ μαθηταί σου	1	Behold, your disciples	“Look, your disciples.” The Pharisees use this word to draw attention to what the disciples are doing.
1129	MAT	12	3	mzn1			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.
1130	MAT	12	3	et11		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	“to the Pharisees”
1131	MAT	12	3	d712	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him—	This begins a question that continues into the next verse. Jesus uses the question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of the scriptures they have read. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him—” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1132	MAT	12	4	blm5		τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the house of God	During the time of David there was no temple yet. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the place for worshiping God”
1133	MAT	12	4	ue7l	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	the loaves of the presence	This is sacred bread that priests placed before God in the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “bread that the priest placed before God” or “the sacred bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1134	MAT	12	4	c6a8		τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	for those with him	“for the men who were with David”
1135	MAT	12	4	lkx9		εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις	1	except only for the priests	“but, according to the law, only the priests could eat it”
1136	MAT	12	5	tjh3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1137	MAT	12	5	f79q	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν?	1	have you not read in the law that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent?	Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of what they have read in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” or “You should know that the law teaches that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1138	MAT	12	5	dqe9		τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν	1	profane the Sabbath	“do on the Sabbath what they would do on any other day”
1139	MAT	12	5	i6y9		ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν	1	are innocent	“God will not punish them” or “God does not consider them guilty”
1140	MAT	12	6	ji7a		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1141	MAT	12	6	k4mn	figs-123person	τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν	1	greater than the temple	“someone who is more important than the temple.” Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1142	MAT	12	7	rh53			0	General Information:	In verse 7, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees.
1143	MAT	12	7	vye2			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1144	MAT	12	7	ypj7	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	But if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent	Here Jesus quotes scripture. Alternate translation: “The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’ If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1145	MAT	12	7	e1ju		ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν	1	I desire mercy and not sacrifice	In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers **mercy** more important than the **sacrifice**.
1146	MAT	12	7	jw57		θέλω	1	I desire	The pronoun **I** refers to God.
1147	MAT	12	7	s23l	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀναιτίους	1	the innocent	You can translate this as an adjective. Alternate translation: “those who are not guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1148	MAT	12	8	l7g3	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1149	MAT	12	8	jx98		Κύριος…ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	is Lord of the Sabbath	“rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath”
1150	MAT	12	9	i489			0	General Information:	Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath.
1151	MAT	12	9	hns8		καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν	1	And having departed from there	“After Jesus left the grain fields” or “When Jesus left from there”
1152	MAT	12	9	y4me		τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	their synagogue	This could mean: (1) The word **their** refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” (2) The word **their** refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
1153	MAT	12	10	kjf6		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
1154	MAT	12	10	xb13		ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν	1	there was a man having a withered hand	“there was a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “there was a man with a crippled hand”
1155	MAT	12	10	t948		ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	they questioned him, saying, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?” so that they might accuse him	“the Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
1156	MAT	12	10	gdj6		εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν?	1	Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?	“According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbaths?”
1157	MAT	12	10	c1cc	figs-explicit	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	so that they might accuse him	They did not just want to **accuse** Jesus in front of the people. The Pharisees wanted Jesus to give an answer that contradicted the law of Moses so they could take him before a judge and legally charge him with breaking the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1158	MAT	12	11	g98l			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.
1159	MAT	12	11	ng4j	figs-rquestion	τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ?	1	What man will there be among you, who, will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would not grasp hold of it and lift it out?	Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1160	MAT	12	12	s2tu		πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου?	1	How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep?	The phrase **How much more** adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!” or “Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep.”
1161	MAT	12	12	a9ld		ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν	1	it is lawful to do good on the Sabbaths	“those who do good on the Sabbaths are obeying the law”
1162	MAT	12	13	be8u	figs-quotations	τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα.	1	Then he says to the man, “Stretch out your hand.”	You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1163	MAT	12	13	ljl6		τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	to the man	“to the man with the paralyzed hand” or “to the man with the crippled hand”
1164	MAT	12	13	fm9r		ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα	1	Stretch out your hand	“Hold out your hand” or “Extend your hand”
1165	MAT	12	13	s5ep		ἐξέτεινεν	1	he stretched it out	“the man stretched it out”
1166	MAT	12	13	jry3	figs-activepassive	ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς	1	it was restored to health	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “it was healthy again” or “it became well again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1167	MAT	12	14	w4zl		συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ’ αὐτοῦ	1	took counsel against him	“planned to harm Jesus”
1168	MAT	12	14	jdn2		ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	so that they might put him to death	“in order to find a way to kill Jesus”
1169	MAT	12	15	d4lk			0	General Information:	This account explains how the actions of Jesus fulfilled one of the prophecies of Isaiah.
1170	MAT	12	15	d5l9		ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς, ἀνεχώρησεν	1	But Jesus, having perceived this, withdrew	“But Jesus was aware of what the Pharisees were planning, so he withdrew”
1171	MAT	12	15	hw22		ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν	1	withdrew from there	“departed from there” or “left that place”
1172	MAT	12	16	bk1n		μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν	1	they might not make him known	“they would not to tell anyone else about him”
1173	MAT	12	17	dc7z		ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν	1	so that what had been said	You could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “This was so that what had been said”
1174	MAT	12	17	mcd7		τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	what had been said through Isaiah the prophet	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
1175	MAT	12	18	zkt7			0	Connecting Statement:	Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry fulfilled scripture.
1176	MAT	12	18	f5kz		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1177	MAT	12	18	fjw6		μου…ᾑρέτισα…μου…μου…θήσω…μου	1	my … I have chosen … my … my… I will put … my	All occurrences of these words refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.
1178	MAT	12	18	yv4f		ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	my beloved, in whom my soul is well pleased	“he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him”
1179	MAT	12	18	s6a4	figs-synecdoche	εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	in whom my soul is well pleased	Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1180	MAT	12	18	jh8p	figs-explicit	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ	1	he will announce justice to the Gentiles	The means that God’s servant will tell the **Gentiles** that there will be **justice**. You can state this clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice. Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God give them justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1181	MAT	12	18	tum1	figs-abstractnouns	κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ	1	he will announce justice to the Gentiles	The abstract noun **justice** can be expressed as “what is right.” Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1182	MAT	12	19	me7p			0	Connecting Statement:	Matthew continues to quote the prophet Isaiah.
1183	MAT	12	19	hb2m	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις…τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	neither will anyone hear his voice	Here people not hearing **his voice** represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: “he will not speak loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1184	MAT	12	19	gj1p		οὐκ ἐρίσει…αὐτοῦ	1	He will not strive … his	Both **He** and **his** refer to God’s chosen servant.
1185	MAT	12	19	jr87	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις	1	in the streets	This is an idiom that means “publicly.” Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1186	MAT	12	20	ii4c		οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει, ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν	1	He will not break … and he will not quench a smoking flax, until he may lead justice to victory	All occurrences of **He** and **he** refer to God’s chosen servant.
1187	MAT	12	20	kbu9	figs-parallelism	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax	Both of these statements mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1188	MAT	12	20	cdk2	figs-metaphor	κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax	Both of these statements are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If the metaphor is confusing, you could translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1189	MAT	12	20	m4uz		κάλαμον συντετριμμένον	1	a bruised reed	“a damaged plant”
1190	MAT	12	20	y8mn		λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει	1	he will not quench a smoking flax	“he will not put out any smoking flax” or “he will not stop any smoking flax from burning”
1191	MAT	12	20	bjg2		λίνον τυφόμενον	1	a smoking flax	This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.
1192	MAT	12	20	rer7		λίνον τυφόμενον…ἕως	1	a smoking flax, until	You can translate this with a new sentence: “a smoking flax. This is what he will do until”
1193	MAT	12	20	b6tw	figs-abstractnouns	ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν	1	he may lead justice to victory	Leading someone to **victory** represents causing him to be victorious. Causing justice to be victorious represents making things right that had been wrong. Alternate translation: “he makes everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1194	MAT	12	21	w3rq	figs-synecdoche	τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his name	Here, **name** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1195	MAT	12	22	nba2			0	General Information:	Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan.
1196	MAT	12	22	e1g4	figs-activepassive	τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	Then someone was brought to him, blind and mute, demon-possessed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone brought to Jesus a man who was blind and mute because a demon was controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1197	MAT	12	22	k2vt		προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ…τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός	1	someone was brought to him, blind and mute	“a person was brought to him who could not see and could not talk”
1198	MAT	12	23	gy5z		ἐξίσταντο πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι	1	all the crowds were amazed	“all the people who had seen Jesus heal the man were greatly surprised”
1199	MAT	12	23	ink7		ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	the Son of David	This is a title for the Christ or Messiah.
1200	MAT	12	23	h8kf		υἱὸς	1	Son	Here this means “descendant of.”
1201	MAT	12	24	m2jr			0	General Information:	In verse 25, Jesus begins to respond to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
1202	MAT	12	24	wmi1		ἀκούσαντες	1	having heard this	The word **this** refers to the miracle of the healing of a blind, deaf, and demon-possessed man.
1203	MAT	12	24	p1mi	figs-doublenegatives	οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul	You can state this in a positive form. “Heis only able to cast out the demon because he is a servant of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1204	MAT	12	24	wj1y		οὗτος	1	He	The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him.
1205	MAT	12	24	cii4		ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων	1	the prince of the demons	“the chief of the demons”
1206	MAT	12	25	i1sd	writing-proverbs	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1207	MAT	12	25	ll42	figs-parallelism	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1208	MAT	12	25	g9ec	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate	Here, **kingdom** refers to those who live in the kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1209	MAT	12	25	rvzh	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1210	MAT	12	25	kn8c	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Here, **city** refers to the people who live there, and **house** refers to a family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1211	MAT	12	25	xwob	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται	1	every city or house divided against itself will not stand	Being **divided against itself** represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: “it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1212	MAT	12	26	gm6j			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
1213	MAT	12	26	i42r	figs-metonymy	εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει	1	if Satan casts out Satan	The second use of **Satan** refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: “If Satan works against his own demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1214	MAT	12	26	ah7t	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	How then will his kingdom stand?	Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. Alternate translation: “If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!” or “If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1215	MAT	12	27	nvv9		Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	This name refers to the same person as “Satan” (verse 26).
1216	MAT	12	27	gee9	figs-rquestion	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	by whom do your sons cast them out?	Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “then you must say your followers also cast out demons by the power of Beelzebul. But, you know this is not true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1217	MAT	12	27	x9je	figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	your sons	Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase **your sons** refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1218	MAT	12	27	jja2		διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν	1	For this reason they will be your judges	“Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me.”
1219	MAT	12	28	f3n7			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1220	MAT	12	28	zb4d		εἰ δὲ…ἐγὼ	1	But if I	Here, **if** does not mean Jesus is questioning how he casts out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: “But because I”
1221	MAT	12	28	r5dg	figs-metonymy	ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	then the kingdom of God has come upon you	“then the kingdom of God has arrived among you.” Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1222	MAT	12	28	f1wj	figs-you	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	has come upon you	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1223	MAT	12	29	t4vu	figs-parables	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει	1	how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? And then he will plunder his house	Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1224	MAT	12	29	w54c	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man?	Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. Alternate translation: “No one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first.” or “If a person wants to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings, he must first tie up the strong man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1225	MAT	12	29	jb6x		ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?	1	unless first he might have tied up the strong man	“without taking control of the strong man first”
1226	MAT	12	29	u6vu		τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει	1	then he will plunder his house	“then he can steal his possessions”
1227	MAT	12	30	ivp9		ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	The one not being with me	“The one who does not support me” or “The one who does not work with me”
1228	MAT	12	30	gyk8		κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν	1	is against me	“opposes me” or “works against me”
1229	MAT	12	30	ek1h	figs-metaphor	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει	1	the one not gathering with me scatters	Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1230	MAT	12	31	qwg4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1231	MAT	12	31	iy8l		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1232	MAT	12	31	q5hk	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1233	MAT	12	31	hy38	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that people commit and every evil thing they say” or “God will forgive every person who sins or says evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1234	MAT	12	31	ezx8	figs-activepassive	ἡ…τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive the person who speaks evil things about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1235	MAT	12	32	gwx2	figs-metonymy	ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	whoever might speak a word against the Son of Man	Here, **word** refers to what someone says. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1236	MAT	12	32	h79z	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1237	MAT	12	32	z3ma	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive a person for that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1238	MAT	12	32	hfs4		οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will not be forgiven him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive that person”
1239	MAT	12	32	lw5j	figs-metonymy	οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	neither in this age, nor in the one coming	Here, **this age** and **the one coming** refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1240	MAT	12	33	d73d			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1241	MAT	12	33	bi8z	writing-proverbs	ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν	1	Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad	This could mean: (1) If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad. (2) This is a proverb that means if you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1242	MAT	12	33	kl16		καλὸν…σαπρὸν	1	good … bad	“healthy … diseased”
1243	MAT	12	33	kz12	figs-metaphor	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	for the tree is recognized by its fruit	Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for what a person does. Alternate translation: “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1244	MAT	12	33	nx9n	figs-activepassive	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	for the tree is recognized by its fruit	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1245	MAT	12	34	r1uv	figs-metaphor	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	You offspring of vipers	Here, **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” The **vipers** are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1246	MAT	12	34	pl4g	figs-you	γεννήματα…δύνασθε	1	You offspring … are you able	Both **You** and **you** are plural and refer to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1247	MAT	12	34	e7x3	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες?	1	being evil, how are you able to say good things?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “you cannot say good things because you are evil” or “you can only say evil things because you are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1248	MAT	12	34	i7c6	figs-synecdoche	ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks	Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: “what a person says comes from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1249	MAT	12	34	e9bg	figs-metonymy	ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ	1	out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks	Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts in a person’s mind. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1250	MAT	12	35	r3uw	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά	1	The good man from his good treasure brings forth good things, and the evil man from his evil treasure brings forth evil things	Jesus speaks about the **heart** as if it were a container that a person fills with good or evil things. This is a metaphor that means what a person says reveals what the person is truly like. If you want to keep this imagery, see the UST. You can also translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “A man who is truly good will speak good things, and the man who is truly evil will speak evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1251	MAT	12	36	jvg6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
1252	MAT	12	36	era6		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1253	MAT	12	36	f1wh	figs-metonymy	πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν	1	every idle word that they will speak	Here, **word** refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1254	MAT	12	36	t2pj		οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον	1	men will give an account concerning it	“God will ask people about it” or “people will have to explain it to God”
1255	MAT	12	37	qw5e	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ	1	you will be justified … you will be condemned	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1256	MAT	12	38	x4le			0	General Information:	In verse 39, Jesus begins to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
1257	MAT	12	38	mec3			0	Connecting Statement:	The dialogue in these verses happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan.
1258	MAT	12	38	aiu6		θέλομεν	1	we wish	“we want”
1259	MAT	12	38	ikg2	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν	1	to see a sign from you	You can make explicit why they want **to see a sign**. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1260	MAT	12	39	d8b9	figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it	Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me, but no sign will be given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1261	MAT	12	39	a5di	figs-metaphor	γενεὰ…μοιχαλὶς	1	An … adulterous generation	Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “An … unfaithful generation” or “A … godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1262	MAT	12	39	c6hy	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	no sign will be given to it	Jesus would not give them a **sign** because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1263	MAT	12	39	j21p		εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου	1	except the sign of Jonah the prophet	“except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
1264	MAT	12	40	vh9i	figs-merism	τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας	1	three days and three nights	Here, **days** and **nights** mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1265	MAT	12	40	iuv8	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1266	MAT	12	40	gg65	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς	1	in the heart of the earth	This means inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1267	MAT	12	41	k3q6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
1268	MAT	12	41	gnh1		ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	The men of Nineveh	“The citizens of Nineveh”
1269	MAT	12	41	b94i		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	“on judgment day” or “when God judges people”
1270	MAT	12	41	x8gm		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
1271	MAT	12	41	duz2	figs-metonymy	κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν	1	will condemn it	This could mean: (1) The word **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) God **will condemn** this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1272	MAT	12	41	qg29		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and behold	“and look.” This emphasizes what Jesus says next.
1273	MAT	12	41	dbs3		πλεῖον	1	something greater	“someone more important”
1274	MAT	12	41	zb6a	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	something greater	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1275	MAT	12	41	a5p8	figs-explicit	Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	than Jonah is here	You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Jonah is here, yet you still have not repented, which is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1276	MAT	12	42	q8tb			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
1277	MAT	12	42	zwv7	translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	The Queen of the South	This refers to the Queen of Sheba. Sheba is a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1278	MAT	12	42	kku7		ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	will rise up at the judgment	“will stand up at the judgment”
1279	MAT	12	42	z46e		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	“on judgment day” or “when God judges people.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md).
1280	MAT	12	42	zc72		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
1281	MAT	12	42	k4ls	figs-metonymy	κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν	1	condemn them	See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md). This could mean: (1) The word **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) God will **condemn** this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1282	MAT	12	42	q8q8	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	she came from the ends of the earth	Here, **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “far away.” Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1283	MAT	12	42	t521	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon	This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1284	MAT	12	42	n99z		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and behold	“and look.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1285	MAT	12	42	aj1x		πλεῖον	1	something greater	“someone more important”
1286	MAT	12	42	uf5k	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	something greater	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1287	MAT	12	42	yra5	figs-explicit	Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	than Solomon is here	You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Solomon is here, yet you do not listen. That is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1288	MAT	12	43	ve5x			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees. He begins to tell a parable.
1289	MAT	12	43	f5jr		ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	waterless places	“dry places” or “places where no people live”
1290	MAT	12	43	x2ur		οὐχ εὑρίσκει	1	not finding it	Here, **it** refers to rest.
1291	MAT	12	44	gey7		τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον.	1	Then it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I departed.’	You can translate this as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: “So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it departed”
1292	MAT	12	44	ty9b	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	to my house from which I departed	This is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: “to the person I left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1293	MAT	12	44	cd4f	figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it empty, having been swept out and put in order	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1294	MAT	12	44	s6jf	figs-metaphor	σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	empty and swept out and put in order	Here, **swept out and put in order** suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1295	MAT	12	45	nh6q			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes the parable that he began with the words **When an unclean spirit** in verse 43.
1296	MAT	12	45	bhb4	figs-parables	τότε πορεύεται καὶ παραλαμβάνει μεθ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ; καὶ γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	Then it goes and takes along with itself seven other spirits more evil than itself, and having entered, they live there. And the end of that man becomes worse than the first. It will be the same way also with this evil generation	Jesus tells a parable to warn the people of the danger of not believing him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1297	MAT	12	45	jw1h		οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ	1	It will be the same way also with this evil generation	This means that if the people of Jesus’ generation do not believe him and become his disciples, they will be in a worse situation than they were before he came.
1298	MAT	12	46	qj8w			0	General Information:	The arrival of Jesus’ mother and brothers becomes an opportunity for him to describe his spiritual family.
1299	MAT	12	46	ahx7		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to a new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
1300	MAT	12	46	mh5f		ἡ μήτηρ	1	his mother	This is Mary, Jesus’ human mother.
1301	MAT	12	46	dq8m		οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his brothers	These are probably other children born to Mary, but it is possible that the word **brothers** here refers to Jesus’ cousins.
1302	MAT	12	46	z97j		ζητοῦντες…λαλῆσαι	1	seeking to speak	“wanting to speak”
1303	MAT	12	47	qd32	figs-quotations	εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι.	1	Someone said to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you.”	You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1304	MAT	12	48	q1cd			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 12:1](../12/01.md), where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry.
1305	MAT	12	48	jm1y	figs-ellipsis	τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ	1	to the one speaking to him	The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: “to the one who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1306	MAT	12	48	e535	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Who is my mother and who are my brothers?	Jesus uses these questions to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1307	MAT	12	49	gk62		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1308	MAT	12	49	rxe8	figs-metaphor	ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1	my mother and my brothers	This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1309	MAT	12	50	e25c		ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ	1	whoever may do	“anyone who does”
1310	MAT	12	50	mq9r	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1311	MAT	12	50	gn31	figs-metaphor	αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	he is my brother, and sister, and mother	This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1312	MAT	13	intro	s3lu			0		# Matthew 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says The word **heaven** when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 13:11](../../mat/13/11.md)).<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message ([Matthew 13:19](../../mat/13/19.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([Matthew 13:6](../../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([Matthew 13:11-13](./11.md)).
1313	MAT	13	1	r4xv			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Jesus begins to teach the crowds, using parables, about the kingdom of heaven.
1314	MAT	13	1	vx5y		ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	On that day	These events happened on the same day as those in the previous chapter.
1315	MAT	13	1	cy1t		ἐξελθὼν…τῆς οἰκίας	1	having gone out of the house	It is not mentioned at whose house Jesus was staying.
1316	MAT	13	1	zjb3	figs-explicit	ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	was sitting beside the sea	It is implied that he sat down to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1317	MAT	13	2	d16z	figs-explicit	ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς πλοῖον ἐμβάντα καθῆσθαι	1	so that, having stepped into a boat, he sat down	It is implied that Jesus got into a boat because it would make it easier to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1318	MAT	13	2	jge7	translate-unknown	πλοῖον	1	a boat	This was probably an open, wooden fishing boat with a sail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1319	MAT	13	3	e99p			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.
1320	MAT	13	3	f5mv		καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς	1	And he spoke many things to them in parables	“And Jesus told them many things in parables”
1321	MAT	13	3	w5p3		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	“to the people in the crowd”
1322	MAT	13	3	m97r		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	“Look” or “Listen.” This word calls attention to what is to be said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1323	MAT	13	3	ur64		ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν	1	a sower went out to sow	“a farmer went out to scatter seeds in a field”
1324	MAT	13	4	c6g6		καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν	1	And as he sowed	“And as the farmer scattered the seed”
1325	MAT	13	4	v7r8		παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	beside the road	This refers to a path next to the field. The ground there would have been hard from people walking on it.
1326	MAT	13	4	qr2d		κατέφαγεν αὐτά	1	devoured them	“ate all the seeds”
1327	MAT	13	5	l2g6		τὰ πετρώδη	1	the rocky ground	This is ground full of rocks with just a thin layer of soil on top of the rocks.
1328	MAT	13	5	ql87		καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν	1	And immediately they sprang up	“And the seeds quickly sprouted and grew”
1329	MAT	13	6	qq5x	figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	they were scorched	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants, and they became too hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1330	MAT	13	6	az8l		ἐξηράνθη	1	they were dried up	“the plants became dry and died”
1331	MAT	13	7	dnm8			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.
1332	MAT	13	7	ugc9		ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας	1	fell among the thorn plants	“fell where plants with thorns grew”
1333	MAT	13	7	vt8z		ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά	1	choked them	“choked the new sprouts.” Use your word for the way weeds prevent other plants from growing well.
1334	MAT	13	8	iwv2		ἐδίδου καρπόν	1	produced fruit	“grew more seeds” or “gave fruit”
1335	MAT	13	8	e91e	figs-ellipsis	ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	some one 100 times as much, and some 60, and some 30	The words “seeds,” “produced,” and “crop” are understood from the previous phrase. These can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “some seeds produced 100 times as much crop, some seeds produced 60 times as much crop, and some seeds produced 30 times as much crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1336	MAT	13	8	ph2p	translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν…ἑξήκοντα…τριάκοντα	1	100 times as much … 60 … 30	“one hundred times as much … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1337	MAT	13	9	q2e2	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1338	MAT	13	9	gkv1	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1339	MAT	13	10	p8yc			0	General Information:	Jesus explains to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
1340	MAT	13	11	fc5n	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given	You can translate this with the active form. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” or “God has made you able to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but he has not enabled these people to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1341	MAT	13	11	xq2v	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται	1	To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given	The implied information expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “God has given you the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1342	MAT	13	11	rcd3	figs-you	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι	1	To you has been given to understand	The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1343	MAT	13	11	ah6u	figs-metonymy	τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1344	MAT	13	12	j3rl		ὅστις…ἔχει	1	whoever has	“whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach”
1345	MAT	13	12	v61y	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	it will be given	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give him more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1346	MAT	13	12	xsr5		ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει	2	whoever does not have	“whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”
1347	MAT	13	12	bl5s	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	even what he has will be taken away from him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away even what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1348	MAT	13	13	wc3u			0	General Information:	In verse 14, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that the people’s failure to understand Jesus’ teaching is a fulfillment of prophecy.
1349	MAT	13	13	hm4t			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to explain to his disciples why he teaches in parables.
1350	MAT	13	13	v6pb		αὐτοῖς…οὐ βλέπουσιν…οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	to them … they do not see … they do not hear	All occurrences of **them** and **they** refer to the people in the crowd.
1351	MAT	13	13	uk7j	figs-parallelism	ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν	1	because seeing, they do not see; and hearing, they do not hear nor understand	Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1352	MAT	13	13	ae8k		βλέποντες	1	seeing	This could mean: (1) This refers to them **seeing** what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “though they see what I do” (2) This refers to their ability to see. Alternate translation: “though they are able to see”
1353	MAT	13	13	nbi3	figs-metaphor	οὐ βλέπουσιν	1	they do not see	Here, **see** represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1354	MAT	13	13	j4bg		ἀκούοντες	1	hearing	This could mean: (1) This refers to them **hearing** what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “though they hear what I say” (2) This refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “though they are able to hear”
1355	MAT	13	13	gq65	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	they do not hear	Here, **hear** represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1356	MAT	13	14	jz9n		καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα	1	And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And they are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
1357	MAT	13	14	z2es	figs-parallelism	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand; and seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive	This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1358	MAT	13	14	a1im	figs-explicit	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε	1	In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand	“You will hear things, but you will not understand them.” You can make explicit what the people will hear. Alternate translation: “You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1359	MAT	13	14	emu1	figs-explicit	βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive	You can make explicit what the people will **see**. Alternate translation: “you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1360	MAT	13	15	e8r5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes quoting the prophet Isaiah.
1361	MAT	13	15	lu8u	figs-metaphor	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	For the heart of this people has become dull, and their ears heard with difficulty, and they closed their eyes, lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back, and I will heal them	In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to see, and to hear. God wants them to come to him so he will heal them. This is all a metaphor describing the people’s spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God’s truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1362	MAT	13	15	fy7m	figs-metonymy	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου	1	For the heart of this people has become dull	Here, **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “For these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “For these people can no longer learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1363	MAT	13	15	q87m	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν	1	their ears heard with difficulty	They are not physically deaf. Here, **heard with difficulty** means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1364	MAT	13	15	y7t7	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν	1	they closed their eyes	They have not literally **closed their eyes**. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their eyes to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1365	MAT	13	15	fl93		μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back	“so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again”
1366	MAT	13	15	sr25	figs-metonymy	τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν	1	might understand with their hearts	The word **hearts** here is a metonym for people’s innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people’s thinking and feelings. Alternate translation: “understand with their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1367	MAT	13	15	ps56		ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	they might turn back	“they might turn back to me” or “they might repent”
1368	MAT	13	15	q1h9	figs-metaphor	ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	I will heal them	“have me heal them.” This means God would **heal them** spiritually by forgiving their sins and receiving them again as his people. Alternate translation: “have me receive them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1369	MAT	13	16	dc9t			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
1370	MAT	13	16	yhe4	figs-parallelism	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	But blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1371	MAT	13	16	glp8	figs-synecdoche	ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν	1	But blessed are your eyes, for they see	Here, **eyes** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because your eyes are able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1372	MAT	13	16	rlt3	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your … your	Both occurrences of **your** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1373	MAT	13	16	jp32	figs-synecdoche	τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	your ears, for they hear	Here, **ears** refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you, for you hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1374	MAT	13	16	xczh	figs-ellipsis	τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν	1	your ears, for they hear	You can also make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1375	MAT	13	17	mg58		ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	For truly I say to you	“For I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1376	MAT	13	17	bsj7	figs-you	ὑμῖν…βλέπετε…ἀκούετε	1	to you … you see … you hear	All occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1377	MAT	13	17	e6ci	figs-explicit	ἃ βλέπετε	1	the things you see	You can make explicit what they have seen. Alternate translation: “the things you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1378	MAT	13	17	q14w	figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	the things you hear	You can make explicit what they have heard. Alternate translation: “the things you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1379	MAT	13	18	w35t			0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus begins to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds, which he began in [Matthew 13:3](../13/03.md).
1380	MAT	13	19	v2d7		τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας	1	the word of the kingdom	“the message about God’s rule as king”
1381	MAT	13	19	a8nu	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart	Jesus speaks of Satan causing the person to forget what he has heard as if Satan were a bird snatching the seed from the ground. Alternate translation: “The evil one causes him to forget the message that he has heard just as a bird snatches away seed from the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1382	MAT	13	19	sb7u	figs-explicit	ὁ πονηρὸς	1	the evil one	This refers to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1383	MAT	13	19	pt4d		ἁρπάζει	1	snatches away	Try to use a word that means to grab something away from someone who is the rightful owner.
1384	MAT	13	19	r9u6	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	what has been sown in his heart	You can translate this in active form: Alternate translation: “the message that God sowed in his heart” or “the message that he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1385	MAT	13	19	xi8f	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his heart	Here, **heart** refers to the mind of the hearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1386	MAT	13	19	wfd3		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς	1	This is what was sown beside the road	“This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road” or “The road where seed was sown represents this person”
1387	MAT	13	19	xgz5		παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν	1	beside the road	See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:4](../13/04.md).
1388	MAT	13	20	q3fp			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
1389	MAT	13	20	l5iv	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς	1	Now that sown on the rocky ground	The phrase **that sown** refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: “Now the seed that fell on rocky ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1390	MAT	13	20	w4f9		ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν	1	Now that sown on rocky ground, this is	“Now the rocky ground where seed was sown represents” or “Now the rocky ground where seed fell represents”
1391	MAT	13	20	e3hm		ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων	1	the one hearing the word	In the parable, the seed represents **the word**.
1392	MAT	13	20	cl6g	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	This represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1393	MAT	13	20	z76f	figs-metaphor	μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν	1	receiving it with joy	Believing the word is spoken of as **receiving it**. Alternate translation: “joyfully believing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1394	MAT	13	21	zg9q	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν	1	But he has no root in himself, but is temporary	“Yet he has shallow roots and only lasts for a little while.” The **root** represents what makes a person continue to believe God’s message. Alternate translation: “But like a plant that does not grow deep roots, he only endures for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1395	MAT	13	21	lim9	figs-metaphor	εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται	1	immediately he is caused to stumble	Here, **is caused to stumble** means stops believing. Alternate translation: “he quickly stops believing the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1396	MAT	13	22	sis7			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
1397	MAT	13	22	d4h5	figs-explicit	ὁ…σπαρείς	1	that which has been sown	This refers to seed that was **sown** or that fell. Alternate translation: “the seed that was sown” or “the seed that fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1398	MAT	13	22	rcj8		ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς	1	Now that which has been sown among the thorn plants	“Now the ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown”
1399	MAT	13	22	anm5		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ	1	this is the one	“this represents the person”
1400	MAT	13	22	a3u1		τὸν λόγον	1	the word	“the message” or “God’s teaching”
1401	MAT	13	22	q2nh	figs-metaphor	ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον	1	the cares of this age and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word	Jesus speaks about the **cares** of the world and the **deceitfulness of riches** distracting a person from obeying God’s word as if they were weeds that could wind around a plant and keep it from growing. Alternate translation: “as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches keep this person from listening to God’s word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1402	MAT	13	22	xa8r		ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	the cares of this age	“the things in this world that people worry about”
1403	MAT	13	22	wwf5	figs-personification	ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	the deceitfulness of riches	Jesus describes **riches** as if it were a person who could deceive someone. This means people think having more money will make them happy, but it will not. Alternate translation: “the love of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1404	MAT	13	22	gn6z	figs-metaphor	ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	it becomes unfruitful	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being **unfruitful** represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: “he becomes unproductive” or “he does not do what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1405	MAT	13	23	xw4b		ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς	1	that which has been sown on the good soil	“the good soil where seeds were sown”
1406	MAT	13	23	ptb8	figs-metaphor	ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ, ὃ	1	who indeed bears fruit, and some yield	The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Alternate translation: “like a healthy plant that is productive, some bears a crop of fruit that yields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1407	MAT	13	23	wm3p	figs-ellipsis	ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα	1	some yield 100 times, and some 60, and some 30	The phrase “as much as was planted” is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1408	MAT	13	24	l5yx	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1409	MAT	13	24	k8pu	figs-simile	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like a man	The translation should not equate the **kingdom of the heavens** to a man, but rather the **kingdom of the heavens** is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1410	MAT	13	24	f8j5	figs-metonymy	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1411	MAT	13	24	u21k	figs-explicit	καλὸν σπέρμα	1	good seed	“good food seeds” or “good grain seeds.” The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1412	MAT	13	25	zn8v		ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς	1	his enemy came	“his enemy came to the field”
1413	MAT	13	25	q4tv		ζιζάνια	1	darnel	The **darnel** that was sown looks like food plants when it is young, but its grain is poison. Alternate translation: “bad seed” or “weed seeds”
1414	MAT	13	26	lea1		ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος	1	But when the blades sprouted	“But when the wheat seeds sprouted” or “But after the plants came up”
1415	MAT	13	26	jgv9		καρπὸν ἐποίησεν	1	produced fruit	“produced grain” or “produced the wheat crop”
1416	MAT	13	26	tu4q		τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια	1	then the darnel became visible also	“then people could see there were weeds in the field also”
1417	MAT	13	27	hz3q			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to tell a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
1418	MAT	13	27	h51x		τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου	1	of the landowner	This is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
1419	MAT	13	27	gr7d	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ?	1	did you not sow good seed in your field?	The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1420	MAT	13	27	fb86	figs-metonymy	οὐχὶ…ἔσπειρας	1	did you not sow	The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1421	MAT	13	28	r83z		ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς	1	But he was saying to them	“But the landowner said to the servants”
1422	MAT	13	28	num8		θέλεις οὖν	1	Therefore, do you want us	The word **us** refers to the servants.
1423	MAT	13	29	shs3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes the parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
1424	MAT	13	29	c9jc		ὁ δέ φησιν	1	But he says	“But the landowner said to his servants”
1425	MAT	13	30	z36a	figs-quotations	ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου.	1	I will say to the reapers, “First gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up, but gather the wheat into my barn.”	You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1426	MAT	13	30	ll14		τὴν ἀποθήκην	1	barn	a farm building that can be used for storing grain
1427	MAT	13	31	tdf4	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1428	MAT	13	31	jw7u	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1429	MAT	13	31	qby8	translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	a mustard seed	a very small seed that grows into a large plant (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1430	MAT	13	32	gyi1	figs-explicit	ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων	1	which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds	Mustard seeds were the **smallest** **seeds** known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1431	MAT	13	32	x65d		ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ	1	But when it may grow	“But when the plant has grown”
1432	MAT	13	32	um9k		μεῖζον…ἐστὶν	1	it is greater than	“it is larger than”
1433	MAT	13	32	g6v8		γίνεται δένδρον	1	becomes a tree	A mustard plant can grow about 2 to 4 meters tall.
1434	MAT	13	32	c9te		τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	the birds of the sky	“the birds”
1435	MAT	13	33	a1th	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1436	MAT	13	33	z94k	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ	1	The kingdom of heaven is like yeast	The **kingdom** is not like the **yeast**, but the spread of the **kingdom** is like the spreading of the **yeast**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1437	MAT	13	33	w8sb	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1438	MAT	13	33	r88g	translate-bvolume	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	three measures of flour	Say “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
1439	MAT	13	33	c35r	figs-explicit	γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	a woman mixed with three measures of flour until it all was leavened	The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1440	MAT	13	34	f9gl			0	General Information:	Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus’ teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.
1441	MAT	13	34	nt7u	figs-parallelism	ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	All these things Jesus spoke to the crowds in parables; and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable	Both sentences mean the same thing. They are combined to emphasize that Jesus taught **the crowds** only with **parables**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1442	MAT	13	34	n54e		ταῦτα πάντα	1	All these things	This refers to what Jesus taught beginning at [Matthew 13:1](../13/01.md).
1443	MAT	13	34	a5c7	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς	1	he was speaking nothing to them without a parable	“he taught them nothing except by parables.” The double negative can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “everything he taught them he said in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1444	MAT	13	35	ybq5	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος	1	what had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1445	MAT	13	35	p3tb		λέγοντος	1	saying	“when the prophet said”
1446	MAT	13	35	n1pa	figs-idiom	ἀνοίξω…τὸ στόμα μου	1	I will open my mouth	This is an idiom that means to speak. Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1447	MAT	13	35	yx6y	figs-activepassive	κεκρυμμένα	1	what has been hidden	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “things that God has kept hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1448	MAT	13	35	th8t		ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	“since the beginning of the world” or “since God created the world”
1449	MAT	13	36	pq2h			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to the house where Jesus and his disciples were staying. Jesus begins to explain to them the parable of the field that had both wheat and weeds, which he told beginning in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md).
1450	MAT	13	36	x5w7		ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	he went into the house	“he went indoors” or “he went into the house where he was staying”
1451	MAT	13	37	aj8f		ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα	1	The one sowing the good seed	“The one who sows the good seed” or “The sower of the good seed”
1452	MAT	13	37	xj4s	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1453	MAT	13	38	h9iz	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας	1	the sons of the kingdom	The idiom “sons of” refers to those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1454	MAT	13	38	eni3	figs-metonymy	τῆς βασιλείας	1	of the kingdom	Here, **kingdom** refers to God the king. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1455	MAT	13	38	edu7	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the sons of the evil one	The idiom “sons of” refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1456	MAT	13	39	sgx2		ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά	1	the enemy who sowed them	“the enemy who sowed the weeds”
1457	MAT	13	40	ei3v			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples the parable of the field with both wheat and weeds.
1458	MAT	13	40	rn64	figs-activepassive	ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται	1	Therefore, just as the darnel are gathered up and burned with fire	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore, as people gather up weeds and burn them in the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1459	MAT	13	41	fiy4	figs-123person	ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ	1	The Son of Man will send out his angels	Here Jesus is speaking of himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will send out my angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1460	MAT	13	41	ptw9		τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	those doing lawlessness	“those who are lawless” or “evil people”
1461	MAT	13	42	d9md	figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	the furnace of fire	This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term **furnace** is not known, “oven” can be used. Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1462	MAT	13	42	zu3j	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	Here, **Grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and showing that they are suffering very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1463	MAT	13	43	u6sm	figs-simile	ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος	1	will shine as the sun	If this simile is not understandable in your language, you can use: “will be as easy to see as the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1464	MAT	13	43	sea2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν	1	of their Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1465	MAT	13	43	zxh2	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1466	MAT	13	43	sak5	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω	1	The one having ears, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1467	MAT	13	44	n7nz	figs-simile		0	General Information:	In these two parables, Jesus uses two similes to teach his disciples what the kingdom of heaven is like. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1468	MAT	13	44	fjm1	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1469	MAT	13	44	e9cv	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	The kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1470	MAT	13	44	u9jq	figs-activepassive	ὁμοία ἐστὶν…θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ	1	is like a treasure hidden in a field	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is like a treasure that someone had hidden in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1471	MAT	13	44	k9rh		θησαυρῷ	1	a treasure	a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things
1472	MAT	13	44	hu7f		ἔκρυψεν	1	hid	“covered it up”
1473	MAT	13	44	jtv2	figs-explicit	πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον	1	sells everything, as much as he has, and buys that field	The implied information is that the person **buys** the **field** to take possession of the hidden treasure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1474	MAT	13	45	c633	figs-explicit	ὁμοία…ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	like a man, a merchant, seeking fine pearls	The implied information is that the man was looking for valuable **pearls** that he could buy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1475	MAT	13	45	khy6		ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ	1	a man, a merchant	a trader or wholesale dealer who often obtains merchandise from distant places
1476	MAT	13	45	b88q	translate-unknown	καλοὺς μαργαρίτας	1	fine pearls	A pearl is a smooth, hard, shiny, white or light-colored bead formed inside mollusks in the sea and highly prized as a gem or to make into valuable jewelry. Alternate translation: “fine valuable” or “beautiful pearls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1477	MAT	13	47	vw24	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1478	MAT	13	47	g79n	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ	1	the kingdom of the heavens is like a net	The **kingdom** is not like the **net**, but the **kingdom** draws all kinds of people like a **net** catches all kinds of fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1479	MAT	13	47	rjm4	figs-metonymy	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens is like	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1480	MAT	13	47	vrp4	figs-activepassive	ὁμοία…σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	like a net having been cast into the sea	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “like a net that some fishermen cast into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1481	MAT	13	47	kbz2		βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	having been cast into the sea	“that was thrown into the sea”
1482	MAT	13	47	t9v6		ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ	1	having gathered from every kind	“having caught all kinds of fish”
1483	MAT	13	48	kf47		ἀναβιβάσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν	1	they drew up on the beach	“they pulled the net up onto the beach” or “they pulled the net ashore”
1484	MAT	13	48	cnp7		τὰ καλὰ	1	the good things	“the good fish”
1485	MAT	13	48	qi2z		τὰ…σαπρὰ	2	the worthless things	“the bad fish” or “the inedible fish”
1486	MAT	13	48	aqu2		ἔξω ἔβαλον	1	they threw away	“they did not keep”
1487	MAT	13	49	nql6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus explains the parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish.
1488	MAT	13	49	q1ms		ἐξελεύσονται	1	will come	“will come out” or “will go out” or “will come from heaven”
1489	MAT	13	49	ah2k	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων	1	the wicked from among the righteous	You can state the nominal adjectives **wicked** and **righteous** as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the wicked people from the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1490	MAT	13	50	hwv1		βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς	1	they will throw them	“the angels will throw the wicked people”
1491	MAT	13	50	j8nf	figs-metaphor	τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός	1	the furnace of fire	This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term **furnace** is not known, “oven” can be used. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:42](../13/42.md). Alternate translation: “the fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1492	MAT	13	50	mc8t	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	weeping and grinding of teeth	Here, **grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1493	MAT	13	51	d3wg			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables.
1494	MAT	13	51	p5ej	figs-quotations	συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί.	1	Have you understood all these things?” They say to him, “Yes.”	If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1495	MAT	13	52	g4dd	figs-metonymy	μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	who has been discipled for the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king” or “has submitted himself to God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1496	MAT	13	52	gr36	figs-parables	ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά	1	is like a man, an owner of a house, who draws out new things and old things from his treasure	Jesus speaks another parable. He compares scribes, who know very well the scriptures that Moses and the prophets wrote, and who also now accept Jesus’ teachings, to a **house** **owner** who uses both **old** and **new** treasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1497	MAT	13	52	g59c		τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	his treasure	A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or a collection of things. Here it may refer to the place where these things are stored, the “treasury” or “storeroom.”
1498	MAT	13	53	jwv2		καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε	1	And it happened that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And then” or “And after”
1499	MAT	13	54	qnh9			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 17:27](../17/27.md), where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven. Here, the people of Jesus’ home town reject him.
1500	MAT	13	54	q3ml	figs-explicit	τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	his hometown	This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1501	MAT	13	54	j6vb		ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν	1	in their synagogue	The pronoun **their** is referring to the people of the region.
1502	MAT	13	54	it1f		ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	they were astonished	“they were amazed”
1503	MAT	13	54	b3d2	figs-explicit	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles?	The people believed that Jesus was just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “How can an ordinary man like this be so wise and do such great miracles?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1504	MAT	13	54	etwp	figs-rquestion	πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?	1	From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles?	The people use this question to express their amazement that he was so wise and was able to do miracles. Alternate translation: “It is strange that he is able to speak with such wisdom and do these miracles!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1505	MAT	13	55	rk5e	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας?	1	Is not this the son of the carpenter? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers, James, and Joseph, and Simon, and Judas?	The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1506	MAT	13	55	rpj9		ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός	1	the son of the carpenter	A **carpenter** is someone who makes things with wood or stone. If **carpenter** is not known, “builder” can be used.
1507	MAT	13	56	m9pn	figs-rquestion	αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν?	1	are not all his sisters with us?	The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1508	MAT	13	56	bnv1	figs-rquestion	πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα?	1	From where therefore to this one are all these things?	The crowd uses this question to show their understanding that Jesus must have gotten his abilities from somewhere. They were probably expressing their doubt that he got his abilities from God. Alternate translation: “He must have gotten his ability to do these things from somewhere!” or “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1509	MAT	13	56	pqf1		ταῦτα πάντα	1	all these things	This refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles.
1510	MAT	13	57	f5md	figs-activepassive	ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ	1	they were offended by him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people of Jesus’ hometown took offense at him” or “the people rejected Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1511	MAT	13	57	azn4	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος	1	A prophet is not without honor	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “A prophet receives honor everywhere” or “People everywhere honor a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1512	MAT	13	57	sq8j		τῇ πατρίδι	1	his hometown	“his own region”
1513	MAT	13	57	w4x8		ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his own family	“in his own home”
1514	MAT	13	58	e2cp		οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς	1	he did not do many miracles there	“Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown”
1515	MAT	14	intro	g5mc			0		# Matthew 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [Matthew 4:12](../../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([Matthew 14:11](../../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1516	MAT	14	1	zl7x	figs-events		0	General Information:	These verses explain Herod’s reaction when he heard about Jesus. This event happens some time after the events that follow in the narrative. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1517	MAT	14	1	q8h5		ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ	1	At that time	“In those days” or “While Jesus was ministering in Galilee”
1518	MAT	14	1	l9ur		ἤκουσεν…τὴν ἀκοὴν Ἰησοῦ	1	heard the news about Jesus	“heard reports about Jesus” or “heard about the fame of Jesus”
1519	MAT	14	2	pd1b		εἶπεν	1	he said	“Herod said”
1520	MAT	14	2	nx7x		ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	has been raised from the dead	The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from the dead speaks of coming alive again.
1521	MAT	14	2	vve7		διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	because of this, miraculous powers are at work in him	Some Jews at that time believed if a person came back from the dead he would have **powers** to do mighty things.
1522	MAT	14	3	y57m			0	General Information:	Matthew recounts the story of John the Baptist’s death in order to show why Herod reacted the way he did when he heard about Jesus.
1523	MAT	14	3	zgp9	figs-events		0	Connecting Statement:	Here the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1524	MAT	14	3	h466	figs-metonymy	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο	1	For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison	It says that **Herod** did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: “Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1525	MAT	14	3	lr92	translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου	1	the wife of Philip	**Philip** was Herod’s brother. Herod had taken Philip’s wife to be his own **wife**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1526	MAT	14	4	d3gp	figs-events	ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.	1	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1527	MAT	14	4	n1t6	figs-quotations	ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.	1	For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.”	This can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1528	MAT	14	4	r8lh		ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	For John was saying to him	“For John had kept saying to Herod”
1529	MAT	14	4	nb2j	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν	1	It is not lawful	Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1530	MAT	14	5	hg9f		ἐφοβήθη	1	he feared	“Herod feared”
1531	MAT	14	5	w7uv		αὐτὸν εἶχον	1	they regarded him	“they regarded John”
1532	MAT	14	6	fvs5	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ μέσῳ	1	in the midst	You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1533	MAT	14	8	rhk5	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς	1	But having being urged beforehand by her mother	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But after her mother instructed her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1534	MAT	14	8	wi8s		ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα	1	But having being urged beforehand	“But having been coached beforehand”
1535	MAT	14	8	ya5z		φησίν	1	she said	“the daughter of Herodias said to Herod”
1536	MAT	14	8	ruy4		πίνακι	1	a platter	a very large plate
1537	MAT	14	9	s8zp	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	And the king, having been grieved	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And although her request made the king very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1538	MAT	14	9	a1er		ὁ βασιλεὺς	1	The king	“King Herod”
1539	MAT	14	9	j6nu	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι	1	commanded it to be granted to her	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “ordered his men to do what she said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1540	MAT	14	10	nes5			0	Connecting Statement:	This concludes the account of how Herod executed John the Baptist.
1541	MAT	14	11	nd5r	figs-activepassive	ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ	1	his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1542	MAT	14	11	pba6		πίνακι	1	a platter	a very large plate
1543	MAT	14	11	lqb6		τῷ κορασίῳ	1	to the girl	Use the word for a young, unmarried girl.
1544	MAT	14	12	fl47		οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	“the disciples of John”
1545	MAT	14	12	ni1q		τὸ πτῶμα	1	the corpse	“the dead body”
1546	MAT	14	12	mq89	figs-explicit	ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	having come, they reported it to Jesus	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1547	MAT	14	13	id97	writing-background		0	General Information:	These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding five thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1548	MAT	14	13	ql1f			0	Connecting Statement:	These verses describe how Jesus reacted when he heard that Herod had executed John the Baptist.
1549	MAT	14	13	ds5w		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
1550	MAT	14	13	dvq4		ἀκούσας	1	having heard this	“having heard what happened to John” or “having heard the news about John”
1551	MAT	14	13	ia39	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	Jesus withdrew	“Jesus left” or “Jesus went away from the crowd.” It is implied that Jesus’ disciples went with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1552	MAT	14	13	zlh8		ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	“from that place”
1553	MAT	14	13	i7uu		καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ ὄχλοι	1	And having heard of it, the crowds	“And when the crowds heard where Jesus had gone, they” or “And when the crowds heard that he had left, they”
1554	MAT	14	13	u6nr		οἱ ὄχλοι	1	the crowds	“the crowds of people” or “the huge group of people” or “the people”
1555	MAT	14	13	ipm9	figs-idiom	πεζῇ	1	on foot	This means that the people in the crowd were walking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1556	MAT	14	14	d8n3		καὶ ἐξελθὼν	1	And having come out	“And when Jesus came ashore”
1557	MAT	14	15	gcu9			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people with only five small loaves of bread and two small fish.
1558	MAT	14	15	xa7n		προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	the disciples came to him	“Jesus’ disciples came to him”
1559	MAT	14	16	qwk1		οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν	1	They have no need	“The people in the crowd have no need”
1560	MAT	14	16	r5gd	figs-you	δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς	1	You give them	The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1561	MAT	14	17	tm5t		οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	But they say to him	“But the disciples said to Jesus”
1562	MAT	14	17	ih48		πέντε ἄρτους	1	five loaves	A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked.
1563	MAT	14	18	szx6		φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς	1	Bring them here to me	“Bring the loaves and fish to me”
1564	MAT	14	19	yne5			0	Connecting Statement:	This concludes the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people.
1565	MAT	14	19	vp7r		ἀνακλιθῆναι	1	to recline	“lie down.” Use the verb for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
1566	MAT	14	19	u613	figs-idiom	λαβὼν	1	he took	“he held in his hands.” He did not steal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1567	MAT	14	19	i34u		κλάσας, ἔδωκεν…τοὺς ἄρτους	1	having broken it, he gave the loaves	“after tearing the loaves into pieces, he gave them”
1568	MAT	14	19	bf1a		τοὺς ἄρτους	1	the loaves	“the pieces of the loaves of bread”
1569	MAT	14	19	t7ei		ἀναβλέψας	1	Having looked up	This could mean: (1) This refers to while they were looking up. (2) This refers to after they looked up.
1570	MAT	14	20	l2h8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1	and were filled	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “until they were full” or “until they were no longer hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1571	MAT	14	20	p73g		ἦραν	1	they took up	“the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
1572	MAT	14	20	czj4	translate-numbers	δώδεκα κοφίνους πλήρεις	1	12 baskets full	“twelve baskets full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1573	MAT	14	21	wv59		οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες	1	Now those eating	“Now those who ate the bread and the fish”
1574	MAT	14	21	als7	translate-numbers	ἄνδρες…πεντακισχίλιοι	1	5,000 men	“five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1575	MAT	14	22	yp8l			0	General Information:	These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water.
1576	MAT	14	22	eaa8			0	Connecting Statement:	The following verses describe events that happened right after Jesus fed the five thousand people.
1577	MAT	14	22	wt1t		καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν	1	And immediately he made	“And as soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he made”
1578	MAT	14	23	d27u		ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης	1	Now evening having come about	“Now late in the evening” or “Now when it became dark”
1579	MAT	14	24	vzd1		ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	was being tossed about by the waves	“and the disciples could not control the boat because of the large waves”
1580	MAT	14	25	pmw8		τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς	1	Now in the fourth watch of the night	The fourth watch is between 3 a.m. and sunrise. Alternate translation: “Now just before dawn”
1581	MAT	14	25	t1vp		περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	walking on the sea	“walking on top of the water”
1582	MAT	14	26	q9qs		ἐταράχθησαν	1	were greatly troubled	“were very afraid”
1583	MAT	14	26	h7df		φάντασμά	1	a ghost	a spirit that has left the body of a person who has died
1584	MAT	14	28	w2pl		ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ, ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν	1	but answering him, Peter said	“but Peter answered Jesus and said”
1585	MAT	14	30	sk3j	figs-idiom	βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν	1	seeing the strong wind	Here, **seeing** the **wind** means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1586	MAT	14	31	bd2v		ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί	1	You of little faith, why	“You who have such little faith, why.” Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have so little faith! Why”
1587	MAT	14	31	cr9i	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας	1	why did you doubt?	Jesus uses a question to tell Peter that he should not have doubted. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1588	MAT	14	31	ia1d	figs-explicit	εἰς τί ἐδίστασας?	1	why did you doubt?	You can make explicit what Peter should not have doubted. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted that I could keep you from sinking.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1589	MAT	14	33	u8pu	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Υἱὸς	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1590	MAT	14	34	r5lm			0	Connecting Statement:	These verses describe what happened after Jesus walked on the water. They summarize how the people were responding to Jesus’ ministry.
1591	MAT	14	34	cv3f		καὶ διαπεράσαντες	1	And having crossed over	“And when Jesus and his disciples had crossed over the lake”
1592	MAT	14	34	x9nu	translate-names	Γεννησαρέτ	1	Gennesaret	This is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1593	MAT	14	35	xd7c		ἀπέστειλαν	1	sent	“sent messages”
1594	MAT	14	36	ql3y		καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	And they were begging him	“And the sick people were begging him”
1595	MAT	14	36	x8jv		τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	of his garment	“of his robe” or “of what he was wearing”
1596	MAT	14	36	mw8n	figs-activepassive	διεσώθησαν	1	were healed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1597	MAT	15	intro	i9a5			0		# Matthew 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The “traditions of the elders”<br><br>The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Jews and Gentiles<br><br>The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1598	MAT	15	1	q6af	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1599	MAT	15	2	j1b8	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων?	1	Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders?	The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1600	MAT	15	2	yn6l		τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	the traditions of the elders	This is not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses.
1601	MAT	15	2	gfn6	figs-explicit	οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας	1	they do not wash their hands	This washing is not only to clean hands. This refers to a ceremonial washing according to the tradition of the elders. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands properly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1602	MAT	15	3	ia1e	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν?	1	Why do you also violate the commandment of God because of your traditions?	Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. Alternate translation: “And I see that you refuse to obey God’s commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1603	MAT	15	4	srz6			0	General Information:	In verse 4, Jesus quotes twice from Exodus to show how God expects people to treat their parents.
1604	MAT	15	4	cz1q			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
1605	MAT	15	4	qmm7		θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	let him die the death	“the people must surely execute him”
1606	MAT	15	5	ql75	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε	1	But you say	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1607	MAT	15	6	b81c			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the Pharisees.
1608	MAT	15	6	vr6y	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	he will certainly not honor his father	The words beginning with “But you say” (verse 5) have a quotation within a quotation. If necessary you can translate them as indirect quotations. “But you teach that a person does not need to honor his parents by giving them something that may help them if the person tells his parents that he has already given it as a gift to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1609	MAT	15	6	q3kt	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ	1	he will certainly not honor his father	It is implied that **his father** means “his parents.” This means the religious leaders taught that a person does not need to show respect to his parents by taking care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1610	MAT	15	6	znt9		ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you have made void the word of God	Here, **word of God** refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands”
1611	MAT	15	6	yq5a		διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν	1	because of your traditions	“because you want to follow your traditions”
1612	MAT	15	7	t4fq			0	General Information:	In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes.
1613	MAT	15	7	tn3b			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees and scribes.
1614	MAT	15	7	wv77		καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας	1	Well did Isaiah prophesy about you	“Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you”
1615	MAT	15	7	n4ti	figs-explicit	λέγων	1	saying	It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: “when he told what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1616	MAT	15	8	qw69	figs-metonymy	ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ	1	This people honors me with their lips	Here, **lips** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1617	MAT	15	8	bz91		με…ἐμοῦ	1	me … me	Both occurrences of **me** refer to God.
1618	MAT	15	8	wuw3	figs-metonymy	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far from me	Here, **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1619	MAT	15	8	q7vm	figs-idiom	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far away from me	This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1620	MAT	15	9	jf93		μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με	1	But they worship me in vain	“But their worship means nothing to me” or “But they only pretend to worship me”
1621	MAT	15	9	vvb9		ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων	1	the commandments of men	“the rules that people make up”
1622	MAT	15	10	ti4w			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach the crowd and his disciples about what defiles a person and why the Pharisees and scribes were wrong to criticize him.
1623	MAT	15	11	s28y	figs-metonymy	εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα…ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	enters into the mouth … what comes out of the mouth	Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1624	MAT	15	12	l2uj	figs-activepassive	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν	1	the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this statement made the Pharisees angry” or “this statement offended the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1625	MAT	15	13	n5ij	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted	This is a metaphor. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1626	MAT	15	13	j49e	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	my heavenly Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1627	MAT	15	13	hs4t	figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθήσεται	1	will be uprooted	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will uproot” or “he will take out of the ground” or “he will remove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1628	MAT	15	14	r167		ἄφετε αὐτούς	1	Let them go!	The word **them** refers to the Pharisees.
1629	MAT	15	14	ai9x	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται	1	They are blind guides. But if the blind might guide the blind, both will fall into a pit	Jesus uses another metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1630	MAT	15	15	cje4			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter asks Jesus to explain the parable that Jesus told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
1631	MAT	15	15	shg6		ἡμῖν	1	to us	“to us disciples”
1632	MAT	15	16	xr78			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus explains the parable that he told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
1633	MAT	15	16	al9z	figs-rquestion	ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Are you also still without understanding?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word **you** is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1634	MAT	15	17	l5nt	figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται?	1	Do you not yet understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Alternate translation: “Surely you that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1635	MAT	15	17	s833		εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ	1	passes into the stomach	“goes into the stomach”
1636	MAT	15	17	s9z6		ἀφεδρῶνα	1	the latrine	This a polite term for the place where people bury body waste.
1637	MAT	15	18	e7mu			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to explain the parable that he told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
1638	MAT	15	18	ca1w	figs-metonymy	τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος	1	the things that proceed out from the mouth	This refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “the words that a person says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1639	MAT	15	18	x14k	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς καρδίας	1	from the heart	Here, **heart** refers to a person’s mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: “from inside the person” or “from a person’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1640	MAT	15	19	rg59		φόνοι	1	murder	the act of killing innocent people
1641	MAT	15	20	bme7		ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν	1	to eat with unwashed hands	This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one’s **hands** according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: “eating without first washing one’s hands”
1642	MAT	15	21	e5gv			0	General Information:	This begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman.
1643	MAT	15	21	t81u	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν	1	Jesus withdrew	It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1644	MAT	15	22	x1wm		ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία…ἐξελθοῦσα	1	behold, a Canaanite woman having come out	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “Now there was a Canaanite woman who came”
1645	MAT	15	22	jt94		γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα, ἔκραζεν	1	a Canaanite woman having come out from that region, was crying out	“a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came and cried out.” The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. She was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon.
1646	MAT	15	22	f4k2	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	Have mercy on me	This phrase implies that she is requesting that Jesus heal her daughter. Alternate translation: “Have mercy and heal my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1647	MAT	15	22	xs64		Υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title.
1648	MAT	15	22	j6rt	figs-activepassive	ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται	1	My daughter is severely demon-possessed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter terribly” or “A demon is tormenting my daughter severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1649	MAT	15	23	hd2i	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον	1	did not answer her a word	Here, **word** refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “said nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1650	MAT	15	24	t9ga	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀπεστάλην	1	I was not sent	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not send me to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1651	MAT	15	24	u9t4	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ	1	to the lost sheep of the house of Israel	This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of **Israel** to **sheep** who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in [Matthew 10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1652	MAT	15	25	ch7c		ἡ	1	she	“the Canaanite woman”
1653	MAT	15	25	u3jj	translate-symaction	προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	bowed down to him	This shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1654	MAT	15	26	ihz4	writing-proverbs	οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs	Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1655	MAT	15	26	a5bc	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων	1	the bread of the children	Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “the children’s food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1656	MAT	15	26	fe7n		τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	to the little dogs	The Jews considered **dogs** to be unclean animals. Here they are used as an image for non-Jews.
1657	MAT	15	27	yvw1	figs-metaphor	καὶ…τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν	1	even the little dogs eat from the crumbs that fall from the tables of their masters	The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1658	MAT	15	27	i5tt		τὰ κυνάρια	1	the little dogs	Use words here for **dogs** of any size that people keep as pets. See how you translated this in [Matthew 15:26](../15/26.md).
1659	MAT	15	28	tea2	figs-activepassive	γενηθήτω	1	let it be done	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1660	MAT	15	28	n229	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς	1	her daughter was healed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” or “her daughter became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1661	MAT	15	28	wwq3	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	from that hour	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at exactly the same time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1662	MAT	15	29	np6e	writing-background		0	General Information:	These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding four thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1663	MAT	15	30	c8td		χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς	1	the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute	“those who could not walk, those who could not see, those whose arms or legs did not function, those who could not talk”
1664	MAT	15	30	yf7i		ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	they laid them at his feet	Apparently some of these sick or crippled people were unable to stand up, so when their friends brought them to Jesus, they placed them on the ground in front of him. Alternate translation: “the crowds placed the sick people on the ground in front of Jesus”
1665	MAT	15	31	pi52	figs-activepassive	κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς	1	the crippled made well	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the crippled become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1666	MAT	15	31	be52	figs-nominaladj	κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς	1	the crippled … the lame … the blind	You can state these nominal adjectives as adjectives. Alternate translation: “people who were crippled … people who were lame … people who were blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1667	MAT	15	32	z28i			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus feeding four thousand people with seven loaves of bread and a few small fish.
1668	MAT	15	32	efc2		νήστεις…μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	hungry, lest they may faint on the way	“without eating because they might faint on the way”
1669	MAT	15	33	uhi3	figs-rquestion	πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον?	1	From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread to satisfy so large a crowd?	The disciples use a question to state that there is nowhere to get food for the **crowd**. Alternate translation: “There is nowhere in this wilderness where we can get enough bread for such a large crowd.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1670	MAT	15	34	k86l	figs-ellipsis	ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια	1	Seven, and a few small fish	The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Seven loaves of bread, and a few small fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1671	MAT	15	35	x13q		ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν	1	to recline on the ground	Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
1672	MAT	15	36	x7kc		ἔλαβεν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας	1	he took the seven loaves and the fish	“Jesus held the seven loaves and the fish in his hands”
1673	MAT	15	36	dcr4		ἔκλασεν	1	he broke them	“he broke the loaves”
1674	MAT	15	36	a9s4		ἐδίδου	1	was giving them	“continued giving the bread and the fish”
1675	MAT	15	37	fc8g		ἦραν	1	they took away	“the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
1676	MAT	15	38	udk7		οἱ…ἐσθίοντες	1	those eating	“the people who ate”
1677	MAT	15	38	z66m	translate-numbers	τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	4,000 men	“four thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1678	MAT	15	39	be43		τὰ ὅρια	1	the region	“the area”
1679	MAT	15	39	m8dp	translate-names	Μαγαδάν	1	of Magadan	This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1680	MAT	16	intro	za2k			0		# Matthew 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yeast<br><br>Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Background information<br><br>Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../../mat/16/25.md)).
1681	MAT	16	1	t249			0	General Information:	This begins an encounter between Jesus and the Pharisees and Sadducees.
1682	MAT	16	1	t7p5		πειράζοντες	1	testing him	Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him”
1683	MAT	16	4	jl3e	figs-123person	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	An evil and adulterous generation	Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1684	MAT	16	4	fhx6	figs-metaphor	γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς	1	An evil and adulterous generation	Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “An unfaithful generation” or “A godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1685	MAT	16	4	d9eq	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον…οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	2	a sign will not be given to it	Jesus would not give them **a sign** because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. You can state this in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1686	MAT	16	4	dep2		εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	except the sign of Jonah	“except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md).
1687	MAT	16	5	ii6j			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus uses an opportunity to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
1688	MAT	16	5	si9k	figs-ellipsis	τὸ πέραν	1	the other side	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the other side of the lake” or “the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1689	MAT	16	6	hfz2	figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees	Here, **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as **yeast** here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in 16:12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1690	MAT	16	7	huw7		διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	were reasoning among themselves	“were discussing this with each other” or “were thinking about this”
1691	MAT	16	8	mg8s		ὀλιγόπιστοι	1	You of little faith	“You who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their concern about not bringing bread shows they have **little faith** in Jesus to provide for them. See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:30](../06/30.md).
1692	MAT	16	8	zz4i	figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?	1	why do you reason among yourselves that it is because you do not have bread?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he just said. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1693	MAT	16	9	k8lk			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
1694	MAT	16	9	h5bg	figs-rquestion	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε?	1	Do you not yet perceive nor remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up?	Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1695	MAT	16	9	ux51	translate-numbers	τῶν πεντακισχιλίων	1	of the 5,000	“of the five thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1696	MAT	16	10	ejm5	figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε?	1	Or the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up?	“Do you also not remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up?” Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1697	MAT	16	10	b11x	translate-numbers	τῶν τετρακισχιλίων	1	of the 4,000	“of the four thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1698	MAT	16	11	f42k			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
1699	MAT	16	11	mb2z	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν?	1	How do you not understand that I did not speak to you about bread?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. Alternate translation: “You should have understood that I was not really speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1700	MAT	16	11	i7x6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων	1	the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees	Here, **yeast** represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In 16:12 the disciples will understand the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1701	MAT	16	12	f73l		συνῆκαν	1	they understood	This refer to the disciples.
1702	MAT	16	13	e5cm			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus asks his disciples if they understand who he is.
1703	MAT	16	13	pye3		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line or to introduce a new person. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
1704	MAT	16	13	e1jh	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1705	MAT	16	16	n5wi	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	the Son of the living God	This is an important title for Jesus that shows his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1706	MAT	16	16	r1h7		τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	of the living God	Here, **living** contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act.
1707	MAT	16	17	le6a	translate-names	Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ	1	Simon Bar Jonah	“Simon son of Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1708	MAT	16	17	dfw5	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν	1	flesh and blood did not reveal this	Here, **flesh and blood** refers to a human being. Alternate translation: “a human did not reveal this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1709	MAT	16	17	wix3		οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν	1	did not reveal this	Here, **this** refers to Peter’s statement that Jesus is the Christ and the Son of the Living God.
1710	MAT	16	17	v5lw	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	but my Father who is in the heavens	The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but it was my Father in the heavens who revealed this to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1711	MAT	16	17	gi3l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1712	MAT	16	18	z897		κἀγὼ δέ σοι λέγω	1	And I also say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1713	MAT	16	18	th3d	figs-explicit	σὺ εἶ Πέτρος	1	you are Peter	The name Peter means “rock.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1714	MAT	16	18	x43d	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	upon this rock I will build my church	Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. This could mean: (1) The phrase **this rock** represents Peter. (2) The phrase **this rock** represents the truth that Peter had just said in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1715	MAT	16	18	vu9u	figs-metonymy	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	the gates of Hades will not prevail against it	Here, **Hades** represents death, and its “gates” represent its power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1716	MAT	16	18	l6o0	figs-metaphor	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	the gates of Hades will not prevail against it	Here, **Hades** is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying the powers of death will not overcome his church. (2) Jesus is saying his church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1717	MAT	16	19	ysk8	figs-you	δώσω σοι	1	I will give to you	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1718	MAT	16	19	pp5d	figs-metaphor	τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the keys of the kingdom of the heavens	Keys are objects that are used to lock or unlock doors. Here they represent authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1719	MAT	16	19	kc3k	figs-metonymy	τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens	This refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1720	MAT	16	19	ef9c	figs-metaphor	ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	whatever you may have bound on the earth will be bound in the heavens, and whatever you may have loosed on the earth will be loosed in the heavens	Here, **bound** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **loosed** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1721	MAT	16	19	dy4p	figs-metonymy	ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	whatever you may have bound on the earth will be bound in the heavens, and whatever you may have loosed on the earth will be loosed in the heavens	Here, **in the heavens** is a metonym that represents God himself. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1722	MAT	16	21	wl33			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells his disciples for the first time that he will die soon.
1723	MAT	16	21	es1l	figs-idiom	γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	scribes, and to be killed, and to be raised on the third day	Here, **to be raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1724	MAT	16	21	r5hj	figs-activepassive	γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	scribes, and to be killed, and to be raised on the third day	You can state this in active form. The elders and chief priests would accuse Jesus so that others would kill him. Alternate translation: “scribes. People will then kill him, and on the third day God will make him become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1725	MAT	16	21	jjx5	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1726	MAT	16	22	jie2	writing-background	καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος	1	And having taken him aside, Peter	Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon (verse 21). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that **Peter** takes Jesus **aside**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1727	MAT	16	22	q31h		προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος	1	having taken him aside, Peter	“And Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them and”
1728	MAT	16	22	guz8	figs-idiom	ἵλεώς σοι	1	Merciful to you	This is an idiom that means “May God be merciful to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1729	MAT	16	23	f28i	figs-metaphor	ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ	1	Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me	Jesus means that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are a stumbling block to me” or “Get behind me, Satan! I call you Satan because you are a stumbling block to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1730	MAT	16	23	ax7x		ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου	1	Get behind me	“Get away from me”
1731	MAT	16	24	ck1a	figs-metaphor	ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν	1	to come after me	“to follow me.” To **come after** Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1732	MAT	16	24	pg9h		ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν	1	let him deny himself	“he must not give in to his own desires” or “he must forsake his own desires”
1733	MAT	16	24	h7ug	figs-metaphor	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	take up his cross, and follow me	“carry his cross, and follow me.” To **take up** a **cross** represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” or “he must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1734	MAT	16	24	v6n7	figs-metonymy	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	take up his cross, and follow me	The **cross** represents suffering and death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1735	MAT	16	24	x13v	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	and follow me	To **follow** Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “and obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1736	MAT	16	25	y9kc	figs-metaphor	ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	will lose it	This does not mean the person must necessarily die. It is a metaphor that means the person will consider obeying Jesus as being more important than his own life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1737	MAT	16	25	ie7t		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	“because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me”
1738	MAT	16	25	xz98	figs-metaphor	εὑρήσει αὐτήν	1	will find it	This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1739	MAT	16	26	eqe8	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ?	1	For what will it profit a man if he would have gained the whole world but would have forfeited his life?	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “It does not profit a man to gain the whole world if he forfeits his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1740	MAT	16	26	q7x1	figs-hyperbole	ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ	1	if he would have gained the whole world	The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “if he would gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1741	MAT	16	26	b34q		τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ	1	but would have forfeited his life	“but he would lose his life”
1742	MAT	16	26	eck5	figs-rquestion	ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	Or what will a man give in exchange for his life?	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that a person can give to regain his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1743	MAT	16	27	iyu1	figs-123person	μέλλει…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτοῦ…ἀποδώσει	1	the Son of Man is about … his … he will repay	Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1744	MAT	16	27	ie16		μέλλει…ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	is about to come in the glory of his Father	“will come, having the same glory as his Father,”
1745	MAT	16	27	k4q4	figs-123person	μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ	1	with his angels	“and the angels will be with him.” If you translate the first part of the sentence with Jesus speaking in the first person, you can translate this as “and my Father’s angels will be with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1746	MAT	16	27	vk5y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	of his Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1747	MAT	16	27	i7rs		κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ	1	according to his actions	“according to what each person has done”
1748	MAT	16	28	ytr3		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1749	MAT	16	28	k2d1	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	to you	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1750	MAT	16	28	wq13	figs-idiom	οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	may certainly not have tasted death	Here, **tasted** means to experience. Alternate translation: “will not have experienced death” or “will still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1751	MAT	16	28	b2pb	figs-metonymy	ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	until they may see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom	Here, **his kingdom** represents him being King. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming as King” or “until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1752	MAT	17	intro	yb4k			0		# Matthew 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br><br>The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### “transfigured”<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
1753	MAT	17	1	u6dw			0	General Information:	This begins the account of Jesus’ transfiguration.
1754	MAT	17	1	nva7		τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Peter, James, and John his brother	“Peter, James, and James’s brother John”
1755	MAT	17	2	xx8e		μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	he was transfigured before them	When they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been.
1756	MAT	17	2	kq4l	figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη	1	he was transfigured	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his appearance had changed” or “he appeared very different” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1757	MAT	17	2	uxg3		ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	before them	“in front of them” or “so they could clearly him”
1758	MAT	17	2	i1mp	figs-simile	ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς	1	his face shone like the sun, and his garments became brilliant as the light	These are similes that emphasize how bright Jesus’ appearance became. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1759	MAT	17	2	te1s		τὰ…ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	his garments	“what he was wearing”
1760	MAT	17	3	axr5		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1761	MAT	17	3	n63y		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	This refers to Peter, James, and John.
1762	MAT	17	3	sde3		μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	with him	“with Jesus”
1763	MAT	17	4	r41c		ἀποκριθεὶς…ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν	1	answering, Peter said	“Peter said.” Peter is not responding to a question.
1764	MAT	17	4	d231	figs-exclusive	καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	it is good for us to be here	It is not clear whether **us** refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1765	MAT	17	5	cek4		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1766	MAT	17	5	an8j		ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς	1	overshadowed them	“came over them”
1767	MAT	17	5	kc8t	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	there was a voice from the cloud	Here, **voice** refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1768	MAT	17	6	wd76		καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	And having heard that, the disciples	“And when the disciples heard God speak, they”
1769	MAT	17	6	a87e	figs-idiom	ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν	1	fell on their face	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they fell forward, with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1770	MAT	17	9	w4w9			0	Connecting Statement:	The following events happen immediately after the three disciples witness Jesus’ transfiguration.
1771	MAT	17	9	jz51		καὶ καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν	1	As as they were coming down	“And as Jesus and the disciples were coming down”
1772	MAT	17	9	y9rq	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1773	MAT	17	10	nwt5	figs-explicit	τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον?	1	“Why then do the scribes say that it is necessary for Elijah to come first?”	The disciples are referring to the belief that **Elijah** will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1774	MAT	17	11	xbs2		ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα	1	will restore all things	“will put things in order” or “will get the people ready to receive the Messiah”
1775	MAT	17	12	whp9		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	But I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1776	MAT	17	12	a4h7		ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν	1	they did … them	Here, **they** and **them** could mean: (1) These refer to the Jewish leaders. (2) These refer to all the Jewish people.
1777	MAT	17	12	i74i	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1778	MAT	17	14	t687			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.
1779	MAT	17	15	ufb4	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν	1	have mercy on my son	It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. Alternate translation: “have mercy on my son and heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1780	MAT	17	15	hs55		σεληνιάζεται	1	he is epileptic	This means that he sometimes had seizures. He would become unconscious and move uncontrollably. Alternate translation: “he has seizures”
1781	MAT	17	17	lyu5		ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε	1	O unbelieving and perverse generation, how long	“O you generation that does not believe in God and does not know what is right or wrong. How long”
1782	MAT	17	17	su3r	figs-rquestion	ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	how long will I be with you? How long will I bear with you?	These questions show Jesus is unhappy with the people. Alternate translation: “I am tired of being with you! I am tired of your unbelief and corruption!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1783	MAT	17	18	i8kd	figs-activepassive	ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς	1	the boy was healed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the boy became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1784	MAT	17	18	h2gc	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης	1	from that hour	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “immediately” or “at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1785	MAT	17	19	pz9f	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	we	Here, **we** refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1786	MAT	17	19	r9j7		διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό?	1	For what reason were we not able to cast it out?	“Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?”
1787	MAT	17	20	u5ll		ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	For I truly say to you	“For I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1788	MAT	17	20	uy78	figs-simile	ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως	1	if you would have faith as a mustard seed	Jesus compares the size of **a mustard seed** to the amount of **faith** needed to do a miracle. A mustard seed is very small, but it grows into a large plant. Jesus means it only takes a small amount of faith to do a great miracle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1789	MAT	17	20	x48i	figs-litotes	οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν	1	nothing will be impossible for you	You can state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “you will be able to do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1790	MAT	17	22	r2cu			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts momentarily, and Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a second time.
1791	MAT	17	22	n2xs		συστρεφομένων…αὐτῶν	1	as they are gathered together	“as Jesus and his disciples were gathered together”
1792	MAT	17	22	ff8x	figs-activepassive	μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι	1	The Son of Man is about to be delivered	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1793	MAT	17	22	mmk2	figs-metonymy	παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	to be delivered into the hands of men	The word **hands** here is a metonym for the power that people use hands to exercise. Alternate translation: “to be taken and put under the power of people” or “to be taken and given to people who will control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1794	MAT	17	22	i5rb	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1795	MAT	17	23	hl6j	figs-123person	αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται	1	him … he will be raised up	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1796	MAT	17	23	b6g3	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1797	MAT	17	23	fni4	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται	1	he will be raised up	Here to be **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1798	MAT	17	23	fjac	figs-activepassive	ἐγερθήσεται	1	he will be raised up	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will cause him to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1799	MAT	17	24	jli6			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts again to a later time when Jesus teaches Peter about paying the temple tax.
1800	MAT	17	24	t8qt		ἐλθόντων…αὐτῶν	1	when they had come	“when Jesus and his disciples had come”
1801	MAT	17	24	b953	figs-explicit	τὰ δίδραχμα	1	the two-drachma tax	This was a **tax** that Jewish men paid to support the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the temple tax” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1802	MAT	17	24	cths	translate-bmoney	τὰ δίδραχμα	1	the two-drachma tax	The **drachma** was equivalent to the “denarius,” which was worth about one day's wage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1803	MAT	17	25	y26n		τὴν οἰκίαν	1	the house	“the place where Jesus was staying”
1804	MAT	17	25	yp5h	figs-rquestion	τί σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων?	1	What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth receive taxes or tolls? From their sons or from strangers?	Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. Alternate translation: “Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1805	MAT	17	26	fb1c			0	General Information:	This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 13:54](../13/54.md), where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven.
1806	MAT	17	26	j3g4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to teach Peter about paying the temple tax.
1807	MAT	17	26	w75w	figs-quotations	εἰπόντος δέ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	But when he said, “From strangers,” Jesus said to him	If you translated Jesus’ questions as statements in [Matthew 17:25](../17/25.md), you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But when Peter said, ‘Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from foreigners,’ Jesus said” or “But after Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1808	MAT	17	26	uh6y		ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων	1	From strangers	In modern times, leaders usually tax their own citizens. But, in ancient times, the leaders often taxed the people they had conquered rather than their own citizens.
1809	MAT	17	26	u6xx		οἱ υἱοί	1	the sons	people over whom a ruler or king rules
1810	MAT	17	27	mwa6		ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς	1	But in order that we might not cause them to sin, having gone	“But we do not want to make the tax collectors angry. So, go”
1811	MAT	17	27	uhk5	figs-explicit	βάλε ἄγκιστρον	1	throw in a hook	Fishermen tied **a hook** to the end of a line, then threw it in the water to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1812	MAT	17	27	ebj4		τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	its mouth	“the fish’s mouth”
1813	MAT	17	27	t9t8	translate-bmoney	στατῆρα	1	a shekel	a silver coin worth four days’ wages (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1814	MAT	17	27	ej3l		ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν, δὸς	1	Having taken that, give it	“Take the shekel and give it”
1815	MAT	17	27	km3v	figs-you	ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ	1	on behalf of me and you	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1816	MAT	18	intro	m4y6			0		# Matthew 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?<br><br>Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1817	MAT	18	1	f7zv			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 18:35](../18/35.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.
1818	MAT	18	1	iri5		τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν	1	Who therefore is greatest	“Who therefore is the most important” or “Who then among us will be the most important”
1819	MAT	18	1	pp31	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	in the kingdom of the heavens	The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1820	MAT	18	3	qb44		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1821	MAT	18	3	fs1e	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε	1	unless you would turn and would become like little children, you may certainly not enter	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must change and become like little children in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1822	MAT	18	3	ewj5	figs-simile	γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία	1	would become like little children	Jesus uses a simile to teach the disciples that they should not be concerned with who is most important. They should be concerned with becoming humble like a child. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1823	MAT	18	3	ch9p	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	you may certainly not enter into the kingdom of the heavens	The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not enter God’s kingdom” or “you will never belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1824	MAT	18	4	ta7z	figs-simile		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues teaching the disciples that they need to be humble like a child if they want to be important in God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1825	MAT	18	4	f9t5		ἐστιν ὁ μείζων	1	is the greatest	“is the most important” or “will be the most important”
1826	MAT	18	4	gf8l	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	in the kingdom of the heavens	The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1827	MAT	18	5	dz1i	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here, **my name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1828	MAT	18	5	ik3r		ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	in my name receives me	Jesus means that it is the same as welcoming him. Alternate translation: “in my name, it is like he is welcoming me” or “in my name, it is as if he were welcoming me”
1829	MAT	18	6	ghp3	figs-activepassive	ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης	1	that a millstone of a donkey would have been hung about his neck and he would have been sunk into the depth of the sea	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone put a great millstone around his neck and threw him into the deep sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1830	MAT	18	6	w3uz		μύλος	1	a millstone	This is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Alternate translation: “a very heavy stone”
1831	MAT	18	7	cl5i			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and warns against the terrible consequences of causing children to sin.
1832	MAT	18	7	ees6	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	to the world	Here, **world** refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1833	MAT	18	7	y7vh	figs-metaphor	τῶν σκανδάλων…ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται	1	the stumbling blocks … that those stumbling blocks come … to the man through whom those stumbling blocks come	Here, **stumbling** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin … that things come that cause people to sin … to any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1834	MAT	18	8	vad7	figs-hyperbole	εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	But if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you	Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1835	MAT	18	8	gqi3	figs-you	σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί	1	your … you … you … for you	All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1836	MAT	18	8	pc4d		εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	into life	“into eternal life”
1837	MAT	18	8	lhk9	figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον	1	than to be thrown into the everlasting fire having two hands or two feet	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1838	MAT	18	9	xad4	figs-hyperbole	καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	And if your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you	The command to destroy the **eye**, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1839	MAT	18	9	q7tw	figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζει σε	1	causes you to stumble	Here, **stumble** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1840	MAT	18	9	eii2	figs-you	σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί	1	your … you … you … for you	All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1841	MAT	18	9	m8as		εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	into life	“into eternal life”
1842	MAT	18	9	r1ie	figs-activepassive	ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός	1	than to be thrown into fiery hell having two eyes	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1843	MAT	18	10	qnc6		ὁρᾶτε	1	See that	“Be careful that” or “Be sure that”
1844	MAT	18	10	e9uf		μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	you would not despise one of these little ones	“you do not think of these little ones as being unimportant.” You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you show respect to these little ones”
1845	MAT	18	10	j4l5		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This add emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1846	MAT	18	10	xdl9	figs-explicit	οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	in heaven their angels always look on the face of my Father who is in the heavens	Jewish teachers taught that only the most important angels could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1847	MAT	18	10	y6n9	figs-idiom	διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	always look on the face of my Father	This is an idiom that means they are in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “are always close to my Father” or “are always in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1848	MAT	18	10	iq8j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1849	MAT	18	12	xhq2			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and tells a parable to explain God’s care for people.
1850	MAT	18	12	idl5	figs-rquestion	τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?	1	What do you think?	Jesus uses this question to get people’s attention. Alternate translation: “Think about how people act.” or “Think about this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1851	MAT	18	12	dm8u	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	This word is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1852	MAT	18	12	cv92	translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν…ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα	1	100 … 99	“one hundred … ninety-nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1853	MAT	18	12	t5h4	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον?	1	having left the 99 on the hillside and having gone out, does he not seek the one wandering?	Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “he will always leave the 99 where they are and go out so seek the one that has gone astray.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1854	MAT	18	13	j5d8	figs-parables	καὶ ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι χαίρει ἐπ’ αὐτῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα τοῖς μὴ πεπλανημένοις	1	And if he may happen to find it, truly I say to you that he rejoices over it more than over the 99 that have not gone astray	This is the end of the parable that begins with the words “If anyone” in verse 12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1855	MAT	18	13	at4s	figs-you	ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1856	MAT	18	14	kcy2		οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	it is not the will before your Father who is in the heavens that one of these little ones would perish	“your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die” or “your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die”
1857	MAT	18	14	usa4	figs-you	ὑμῶν	1	your	This word is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1858	MAT	18	14	fmm2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1859	MAT	18	15	k6t7			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.
1860	MAT	18	15	kpe2		ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	your brother	This refers to a fellow believer in God, not a physical brother. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer”
1861	MAT	18	15	yh3t		ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου	1	you will have gained your brother	“you will have made your relationship with your brother good again”
1862	MAT	18	16	i25x	figs-metonymy	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified	Here, **mouth** and **word** refer to what a person says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1863	MAT	18	16	xv1w	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1864	MAT	18	17	g3aj		ἐὰν…παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν	1	if he might refuse to listen to them	“if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you”
1865	MAT	18	17	kx28		τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	the church	“the whole community of believers”
1866	MAT	18	17	xf1a	figs-explicit	ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης	1	let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector	“treat him as you would treat a Gentile or tax collector.” This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1867	MAT	18	18	u2kl		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1868	MAT	18	18	qzq7	figs-you	ὑμῖν…δήσητε…λύσητε	1	to you … you may bind … you may release	All occurrences of **you** are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1869	MAT	18	18	bu6i	figs-metonymy	ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	whatever you may bind on the earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you may release on the earth will be released in heaven	Here, **in heaven** is a metonym that represents God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1870	MAT	18	18	qrfh	figs-metaphor	ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	whatever you may bind on the earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you may release on the earth will be released in heaven	Here, **bind** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **release** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. See how you translated similar phrases in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1871	MAT	18	18	l7na		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1872	MAT	18	19	cal4	figs-explicit	ἐὰν δύο…ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	if two of you	It is implied that Jesus means “if at least two of you” or “if two or more of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1873	MAT	18	19	c3lf		ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται…αὐτοῖς	1	they might ask … for them	These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you might ask … for you”
1874	MAT	18	19	gs8w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1875	MAT	18	20	kv9z	figs-explicit	δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	two or three	It is implied that Jesus means “two or more” or “at least two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1876	MAT	18	20	s5rx		συνηγμένοι	1	gathered together	“meeting together”
1877	MAT	18	20	l7vu	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα	1	in my name	Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1878	MAT	18	21	cys4	translate-numbers	ἑπτάκις	1	seven times	“7 times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1879	MAT	18	22	b19x	translate-numbers	ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	seventy times seven	This could mean: (1) This means 70 times 7. (2) This means 77 times. If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1880	MAT	18	23	n44s			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus uses a parable to teach about forgiveness and reconciliation.
1881	MAT	18	23	rqp1	figs-parables	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to	This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1882	MAT	18	23	bp72		συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ	1	to settle accounts with his slaves	“his slaves to pay him what they owed”
1883	MAT	18	24	d6ne	figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ	1	one was brought to him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought one of the king’s servants to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1884	MAT	18	24	w3nr	translate-numbers	μυρίων ταλάντων	1	of 10,000 talents	“of ten thousand talents” or “more money than the servant could ever repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1885	MAT	18	24	bihe	translate-bmoney	μυρίων ταλάντων	1	of 10,000 talents	A *talent* was equal to one day's wage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1886	MAT	18	25	nmz8	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι	1	the master commanded him to be sold, together with his wife and children and everything that he had, and repayment to be made	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to sell the man along with his wife and children and everything that he had, and to pay the debt with the money from the sale” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1887	MAT	18	26	thl3	translate-symaction	πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει	1	So the slave, having fallen down, was bowing down before	This shows that the **slave** approached the king in the most humble way possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1888	MAT	18	26	cx5z		προσεκύνει αὐτῷ	1	was bowing down before him	“was bowing down before the king”
1889	MAT	18	27	j5vp		σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	having felt compassion	“feeling compassion for the slave”
1890	MAT	18	27	vn7l		ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν	1	released him	“let him go”
1891	MAT	18	28	d2tb	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1892	MAT	18	28	a7jb	translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν δηνάρια	1	100 denarii	“one hundred denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1893	MAT	18	28	zyie	translate-bmoney	ἑκατὸν δηνάρια	1	one hundred denarii	“one hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1894	MAT	18	28	uy32		κρατήσας αὐτὸν	1	having grasped him	“when first slave had grasped his fellow slave”
1895	MAT	18	28	b7u9		κρατήσας	1	having grasped	“having taken hold of” or “having seized”
1896	MAT	18	29	i21c	translate-symaction	πεσὼν	1	having fallen down	This shows that the fellow slave approached the first slave in the most humble way possible. See how you translated this in [Matthew 18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1897	MAT	18	29	iv8y		παρεκάλει αὐτὸν	1	begged him	“implored him”
1898	MAT	18	30	fn3t	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1899	MAT	18	30	t8wb		ἀπελθὼν, ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν	1	having gone out, he threw him into prison	“the first slave went and threw his fellow slave into prison”
1900	MAT	18	31	w9n2		οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ	1	his fellow slaves	“other slaves”
1901	MAT	18	31	nx9k		διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν	1	they fully explained to their master	“they told the king”
1902	MAT	18	32	pfc2	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1903	MAT	18	32	txr7		τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	Then, having called him, his master	“Then the king called the first slave and”
1904	MAT	18	32	wgs1		παρεκάλεσάς με	1	you begged me	“you implored me”
1905	MAT	18	33	jw37	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα?	1	Was it not necessary for you to also have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you?	The king uses a question to scold the first servant. Alternate translation: “You should have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1906	MAT	18	34	l7ks			0	General Information:	This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven.
1907	MAT	18	34	mkm7			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes his parable about forgiveness and reconciliation.
1908	MAT	18	34	big9		ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ	1	his master	“the king”
1909	MAT	18	34	e95u	figs-explicit	παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν	1	handed him over	“gave him over.” Most likely the king himself did not take the first slave to the torturers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his slaves to give him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1910	MAT	18	34	j7s3		τοῖς βασανισταῖς	1	to the torturers	“to those who would torture him”
1911	MAT	18	34	e14m	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὀφειλόμενον	1	that is owed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the first slave owed the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1912	MAT	18	35	pm1d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος	1	my heavenly Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1913	MAT	18	35	q8p9	figs-you	ὑμῖν…ἕκαστος…ὑμῶν	1	to you … each of you … your	All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1914	MAT	18	35	c4fw	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν	1	from your heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1915	MAT	18	35	mzn6	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν	1	from your heart	The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1916	MAT	19	intro	ewl5			0		# Matthew 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Divorce<br><br>Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([Matthew 19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 1:12](../../mat/01/12.md)).
1917	MAT	19	1	nj6t	writing-background		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 22:46](../22/46.md), which tells of Jesus ministering in Judea. These verses provide background information of how Jesus came to be in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1918	MAT	19	1	ap4g		ἐγένετο, ὅτε	1	it happened that when	This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And when” or “And after”
1919	MAT	19	1	c5j9	figs-metonymy	ἐτέλεσεν…τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	had finished these words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus taught starting in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1920	MAT	19	3	kg12			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about marriage and divorce.
1921	MAT	19	3	gl85		προσῆλθον αὐτῷ	1	approached him	“came to Jesus”
1922	MAT	19	3	s8jq		πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες	1	testing him and saying	Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”
1923	MAT	19	4	ncb6	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς	1	Have you not read that the one who made them from the beginning made them male and female,	This rhetorical question continues to the end of the next verse. Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1924	MAT	19	5	n8zn			0	General Information:	In verse 5, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.
1925	MAT	19	5	xc7a	figs-rquestion	καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	and said, ‘For the sake of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’?	This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1926	MAT	19	5	q71w	figs-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν?	1	and said, ‘For the sake of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’?	The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that this is the reason that a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1927	MAT	19	5	phz3		ἕνεκα τούτου	1	For the sake of this	This is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man’s companion.
1928	MAT	19	5	af1r		κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ	1	will be joined to his wife	“will stay close to his wife” or “will live with his wife”
1929	MAT	19	5	m83j	figs-metaphor	ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν	1	the two will be one flesh	This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “they will become like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1930	MAT	19	6	m4b7	figs-metaphor	ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία	1	So then, they are no longer two, but one flesh	This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “So a husband and wife are no longer like two persons, but they are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1931	MAT	19	7	jxs2		λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	They say to him	“The Pharisees said to Jesus”
1932	MAT	19	7	ugf4		Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο	1	has Moses commanded us	“has Moses command us Jews”
1933	MAT	19	7	xml9		βιβλίον ἀποστασίου	1	a certificate of divorce	This is a document that legally ends the marriage.
1934	MAT	19	8	zu87	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	For your hardness of heart	The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “Because of your stubbornness” or “Because you are stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1935	MAT	19	8	ve9e	figs-you	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν…ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν…τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν	1	your hardness of heart … allowed you … your wives	Here, **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1936	MAT	19	8	mgx9	figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς δὲ	1	but from the beginning	Here, **beginning** refers to when God first created man and woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1937	MAT	19	9	eq8z		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1938	MAT	19	9	yl3x	figs-ellipsis	γαμήσῃ ἄλλην	1	may marry another	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “may marry another woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1939	MAT	19	9	ps45	translate-textvariants	καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται	1	and the one having been divorced, having married, commits adultery	Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1940	MAT	19	11	h3a3	figs-activepassive	οἷς δέδοται	1	to whom it has been given	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God allows” or “those whom God enables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1941	MAT	19	12	yvb8	figs-explicit	εἰσὶν γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως	1	For there are eunuchs who were born thus from their mother’s womb	You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1942	MAT	19	12	m1r9	figs-activepassive	εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “there are men whom other men have made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1943	MAT	19	12	g4bw	figs-metaphor	εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς	1	eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs	This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts. (2) Jesus is referring to men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1944	MAT	19	12	r78n	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for the sake of the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1945	MAT	19	12	hqu1		χωρεῖν, χωρείτω	1	to accept this, let him accept it	“to accept this teaching, let him accept it”
1946	MAT	19	13	wjb5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus receives and blesses little children.
1947	MAT	19	13	wu52	figs-activepassive	προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία	1	little children were brought to him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1948	MAT	19	14	t6cm		ἄφετε	1	Permit	allow
1949	MAT	19	14	m219		μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	do not forbid them to come to me	“do not stop them from coming to me”
1950	MAT	19	14	l1bq	figs-metonymy	τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for the kingdom of the heavens is of such as these	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “for when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth, he will be king over such as these” or “for God will allow such as these into his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1951	MAT	19	14	za2g	figs-simile	τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens is of such as these	“the kingdom of the heavens belongs to those who are like children.” This is a simile that means those who are humble like children will enter God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1952	MAT	19	16	g9us			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a different time when Jesus explains to a rich man what it will cost to follow him.
1953	MAT	19	16	vj7t		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
1954	MAT	19	16	bw9n		ἀγαθὸν	1	good thing	This means a thing that pleases God.
1955	MAT	19	17	sce3	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ?	1	Why do you ask me about what is good?	Jesus uses this rhetorical question to encourage the man to think about his reason for asking Jesus about what is good. Alternate translation: “You ask me about what is good” or “Think about why you ask me about what is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1956	MAT	19	17	d4sh		εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός	1	One is good	“God alone is completely good”
1957	MAT	19	17	d7fd		εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν	1	to enter into life	“to receive eternal life”
1958	MAT	19	19	zv5n		ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου	1	love your neighbor	The Jewish people believed that their neighbors were only other Jews. Jesus is extending that definition to include all people.
1959	MAT	19	21	m57c		εἰ θέλεις	1	If you wish	“If you want”
1960	MAT	19	21	zic9	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	to the poor	You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to those who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1961	MAT	19	21	e4vs	figs-metaphor	ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς	1	you will have treasure in the heavens	The phrase **treasure in the heavens** is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1962	MAT	19	23	ass2			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus explains to his disciples the rewards of giving up material possessions and relationships to follow him.
1963	MAT	19	23	r93j		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1964	MAT	19	23	ean2	figs-metonymy	εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	will enter … into the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “to accept … our God in heaven as their king” or “to enter … into God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1965	MAT	19	24	c8l5	figs-hyperbole	ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ	1	it is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God	Jesus uses an exaggeration to illustrate how very difficult it is for **rich** people to enter the **kingdom of God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1966	MAT	19	24	dip3		τρήματος ῥαφίδος	1	the eye of a needle	the hole near one end of a needle, through which thread is passed
1967	MAT	19	25	sl38	figs-explicit	ἐξεπλήσσοντο σφόδρα	1	they were very astonished	“the disciples were amazed.” It is implied that they were astonished because they believed having riches was proof that God approved of someone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1968	MAT	19	25	d389	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	Who then is able to be saved?	The disciples use a question to emphasize their surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1969	MAT	19	25	x1at	figs-activepassive	τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	Who then is able to be saved?	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then there is no one whom God will save!” or “Then there is no one who will receive eternal life!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1970	MAT	19	27	yp3h		ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα	1	we have left everything	“we have left all our wealth” or “we have given up all our possessions”
1971	MAT	19	27	sp61		τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν?	1	What then will there be for us?	“What good thing will God give us?”
1972	MAT	19	28	pm6v		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
1973	MAT	19	28	j89c	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ	1	in the renewal	“in the new time.” This refers to when God restores all things. Alternate translation: “at the time when God makes all things new” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1974	MAT	19	28	gey2	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1975	MAT	19	28	sx2j	figs-metonymy	καθίσῃ…ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ	1	may sit on his glorious throne	Sitting on his throne represents ruling as a king. His throne being glorious represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: “may sit as king on his glorious throne” or “will rule gloriously as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1976	MAT	19	28	rx2u	figs-metonymy	καθήσεσθε καὶ…ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους	1	will also sit upon 12 thrones	Here sitting on **thrones** refers to ruling as kings. The disciples will not be equal to Jesus who is also on a throne. They will receive authority from him. Alternate translation: “will also sit as kings on 12 thrones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1977	MAT	19	28	ci3t	figs-metonymy	τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the 12 tribes of Israel	Here, **tribes** refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1978	MAT	19	29	gq8p	figs-metonymy	ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός	1	for the sake of my name	Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1979	MAT	19	29	bzt3	translate-numbers	ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται	1	will receive 100 times as much	“will receive from God one hundred times as many good things as they gave up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1980	MAT	19	29	z8wb	figs-idiom	ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει	1	will inherit eternal life	This is an idiom that means “God will bless them with eternal life” or “God will cause them to live forever.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1981	MAT	19	30	u8p3		πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	But many who will be first will be last, and the last, first	Here, **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important”
1982	MAT	20	intro	z39h			0		# Matthew 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard<br><br>Jesus tells this parable ([Matthew 20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
1983	MAT	20	1	k7sw			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about a landowner who hires workers, to illustrate how God will reward those who belong to the kingdom of heaven.
1984	MAT	20	1	q9qc	figs-parables	ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	For the kingdom of heaven is like	This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1985	MAT	20	2	wd43		συμφωνήσας	1	After he had agreed	“After the landowner had agreed”
1986	MAT	20	2	iwk5	translate-bmoney	δηναρίου	1	a denarius	This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1987	MAT	20	2	w9hq		ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	he sent them into his vineyard	“he sent them to work in his vineyard”
1988	MAT	20	3	w9m2	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1989	MAT	20	3	s8ha		καὶ ἐξελθὼν	1	He went out again	“The landowner went out again”
1990	MAT	20	3	bki1	translate-ordinal	τρίτην ὥραν	1	the third hour	The third hour is around nine in the morning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1991	MAT	20	3	xk4i		ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς	1	standing idle in the marketplace	“standing in the marketplace not doing anything” or “standing in the marketplace with no work to do”
1992	MAT	20	3	q3b7		τῇ ἀγορᾷ	1	the marketplace	a large, open-air area where people buy and sell food and other items
1993	MAT	20	5	g1s7	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1994	MAT	20	5	j3zh		πάλιν ἐξελθὼν	1	Again he went out	“Again the landowner went out”
1995	MAT	20	5	pip4	translate-ordinal	περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν	1	about the sixth hour and again the ninth hour	The sixth hour is around noon. The ninth hour is around three in the afternoon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1996	MAT	20	5	y513		ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως	1	did the same	This means the landowner went to the marketplace and hired workers.
1997	MAT	20	6	t8uu	translate-ordinal	τὴν ἑνδεκάτην	1	the eleventh hour	This is about five in the afternoon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1998	MAT	20	6	up1w		ἑστῶτας	1	having stood	“not doing anything” or “not having any work”
1999	MAT	20	8	hg2p	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2000	MAT	20	8	x6iv		ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων	1	having begun from the last to the first	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “beginning with the workers who started working last, then the workers who started working earlier, and finally the workers who started working first” or “first paying the workers I hired last, then paying the workers I hired earlier in the day, and finally paying the workers I hired first”
2001	MAT	20	9	p7q1	figs-activepassive	οἱ	1	those hired	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the landowner hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2002	MAT	20	10	d2bn	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2003	MAT	20	11	z2h5	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2004	MAT	20	11	z9sz		λαβόντες	1	having received it	“when the workers who had worked the longest had received a denarius”
2005	MAT	20	11	d6sy		τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου	1	the landowner	“the vineyard owner”
2006	MAT	20	12	qpz4		ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας	1	you have made them equal to us	“you have paid them the same amount of money as you paid us”
2007	MAT	20	12	vy87	figs-idiom	τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα	1	who have borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat	The phrase **borne the burden of the day** is an idiom that means “worked the entire day.” Alternate translation: “who have worked the entire day, even during the hottest part” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2008	MAT	20	13	w17c	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2009	MAT	20	13	r9f3		ἑνὶ αὐτῶν	1	to one of them	“to one of the workers who had worked the longest”
2010	MAT	20	13	f5mb		ἑταῖρε	1	Friend	Use a word that one man would use to address another man whom he is politely rebuking.
2011	MAT	20	13	qbu1	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι	1	Did you not agree with me for a denarius?	The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “We already agreed that I would give you one denarius.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2012	MAT	20	13	qxn3	translate-bmoney	δηναρίου	1	for a denarius	This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “for one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2013	MAT	20	15	g5ii	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus concludes his parable about a landowner who hires workers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2014	MAT	20	15	h3uh	figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς?	1	Or is it not lawful for me to do what I desire with what is mine?	The landowner uses a question to correct the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “I can do what I want with my own possessions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2015	MAT	20	15	dus3	figs-rquestion	ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι?	1	Or is your eye evil because I am good?	The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “Do not be jealous when I am generous to other people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2016	MAT	20	16	k5fe		οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι	1	In the same way, the last will be first, and the first last	Here, **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important”
2017	MAT	20	16	bhr5		οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	In the same way, the last will be first	Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘In the same way, the last will be first’”
2018	MAT	20	17	iu9d			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a third time as he and his disciples travel to Jerusalem.
2019	MAT	20	17	b6ia		ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Jesus, going up to Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** was on top of a hill, so people had to travel **up** to get there.
2020	MAT	20	18	d3ig		ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν	1	Behold, we are going up	Jesus uses the word **Behold** to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.
2021	MAT	20	18	nf34	figs-exclusive	ἀναβαίνομεν	1	we are going up	Here, **we** refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2022	MAT	20	18	b2f2	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	the Son of Man will be delivered	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2023	MAT	20	18	rbl4	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτὸν	1	the Son of Man … him	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2024	MAT	20	18	s8uh		κατακρινοῦσιν	1	they will condemn	The chief priests and scribes will condemn Jesus.
2025	MAT	20	19	rjq7		καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι	1	and will deliver him to the Gentiles for them to mock	The chief priests and scribes will deliver Jesus to the **Gentiles**, and the Gentiles will **mock** him.
2026	MAT	20	19	a9k5		μαστιγῶσαι	1	to flog	“to whip him” or “to beat him with whips”
2027	MAT	20	19	pn84	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2028	MAT	20	19	c6q1	figs-123person	αὐτὸν…σταυρῶσαι…ἀναστήσεται	1	him … to crucify him … he will be raised up	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2029	MAT	20	19	kr7a	figs-activepassive	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will be raised up	The words **be raised up** are an idiom for “be made alive again.” You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will make him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2030	MAT	20	20	u67i			0	Connecting Statement:	In response to the question that the mother of two of the disciples asks, Jesus teaches his disciples about authority and serving others in the kingdom of heaven.
2031	MAT	20	20	sx75		τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου	1	of the sons of Zebedee	This refers James and John.
2032	MAT	20	21	b8xs	figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν…ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου	1	at your right hand … at your left hand	These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2033	MAT	20	21	i9n6	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου	1	in your kingdom	Here, **kingdom** refers to Jesus ruling as king. Alternate translation: “when you are king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2034	MAT	20	22	gx17	figs-you	οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You do not know	**You** is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2035	MAT	20	22	i8nx	figs-you	δύνασθε	1	Are you able	Here, **you** is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2036	MAT	20	22	f9cy	figs-idiom	πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν	1	to drink the cup that I am about to drink	To **drink the cup** or “drink from the cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “to suffer what I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2037	MAT	20	22	d4rf		λέγουσιν	1	They say	“The sons of Zebedee said” or “James and John said”
2038	MAT	20	23	m4d2	figs-idiom	τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε	1	My cup you will drink	To **drink** a **cup** or “drink from a cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “You will indeed suffer as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2039	MAT	20	23	aq1v	figs-metonymy	δεξιῶν…εὐωνύμων	1	right hand … my left hand	These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. See how you translated this in [Matthew 20:21](../20/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2040	MAT	20	23	sj51	figs-activepassive	οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	to those who have been prepared by my Father	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father has prepared those places, and he will give them to whom he cho

The file is too large to be shown. View Raw